INNOVATING FOR LIFE ™ R O G E R S C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N C . 2 0 0 7 A N N U A L R E P O R T T S X : R C I N Y S E : R C I ROGERS.COM ROGERS COMMUNIC ATIONS INC . AT A GL ANCE DELIVERING RESULTS IN 2007 15% Revenue Growth 26% Adjusted Operating Profit Growth 213% Dividend Increase 22% Debt Leverage Reduction What We Said: Leverage networks, channels and brand to deliver 10% to 13% revenue growth. What We Did: 15% consolidated revenue growth with Wireless and Cable growing at double-digit rates. What We Said: Leverage top-line growth with scale and cost efficien- cies to drive adjusted operating profit growth in excess of revenue growth. What We Did: 26% consolidated adjusted operating profit growth with 330 basis point margin expansion. What We Said: Increase dividends consistently over time. What We Did: Rogers more than triples dividend in 2007. What We Said: Continue to strength- en balance sheet with reduction in debt to operating profit ratio. What We Did: Achieved investment grade ratings and deleveraged to 2.1 times debt to operating profit. 89%Postpaid Additions 49% Wireless Wireless Data Revenue Growth 79% Cable Telephony Sub Growth 13% Cable RGU Growth What We Said: Continued strong wireless subscriber growth with a focus on postpaid customers. What We Did: Delivered 118% of 2007 subscriber guidance with 89% of net additions being postpaid. What We Said: Industry-leading wireless data growth to support continued ARPU expansion. What We Did: 49% wireless data revenue growth with data as a per- cent of network revenue expanding to 13.2% from 10.6% in 2006. What We Said: Continued rapid growth of cable telephony during 2007. What We Did: Expanded coverage area to 94% of cable territory and grew subscriber base 79% to 655,800. What We Said: Deliver continued solid cable revenue generating unit (“RGU”) growth. What We Did: Cable RGUs up 654,800 or 13% with solid growth in cable telephony, Internet and digital cable subscribers. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (In millions of dollars, except per share data) Revenue Adjusted operating profit Adjusted operating profit margin Net income (loss) Basic earnings (loss) per share Annual dividend rate at year-end Total assets Long-term debt (includes current portion) Shareholders‘ equity TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN 2 0 0 7 $ 10,123 3,703 37% 637 1.00 0.50 15,325 6,033 4,624 $ 2 0 0 6 8,838 2,942 33% 622 0.99 0.16 14,105 6,988 4,200 $ 2 0 0 5 7,334 2,252 31% (45) (0.08) 0.075 13,834 7,739 3,528 $ 2 0 0 4 5,514 1,752 32% (68) (0.14) 0.05 13,273 8,542 2,385 $ 2 0 0 3 4,736 1,446 31% 76 0.17 – 8,465 5,440 1,297 ONE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN: 2007 FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN: 2003 –2007 31% 10% 6% 17% 5% 529% 132% 83% 151% 120% CONNECTING MATTERS COMMUNICATIONS INFORMATION ENTERTAINMENT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT RCI.B.TO S&P/TSX COMPOSITE S&P 500 TSX TELECOM INDEX N.A. TELECOM INDEX RCI.B.TO S&P/TSX COMPOSITE S&P 500 TSX TELECOM INDEX N.A. TELECOM INDEX For a detailed discussion of our financial and operating metrics, and results, please see the accompanying 2007 MD&A later in this report. INNOVATING FOR LIFE ™ R O G E R S C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N C . 2 0 0 7 A N N U A L R E P O R T T S X : R C I N Y S E : R C I ROGERS.COM ROGERS COMMUNIC ATIONS INC . AT A GL ANCE DELIVERING RESULTS IN 2007 15% Revenue Growth 26% Adjusted Operating Profit Growth 213% Dividend Increase 22% Debt Leverage Reduction What We Said: Leverage networks, channels and brand to deliver 10% to 13% revenue growth. What We Did: 15% consolidated revenue growth with Wireless and Cable growing at double-digit rates. What We Said: Leverage top-line growth with scale and cost efficien- cies to drive adjusted operating profit growth in excess of revenue growth. What We Did: 26% consolidated adjusted operating profit growth with 330 basis point margin expansion. What We Said: Increase dividends consistently over time. What We Did: Rogers more than triples dividend in 2007. What We Said: Continue to strength- en balance sheet with reduction in debt to operating profit ratio. What We Did: Achieved investment grade ratings and deleveraged to 2.1 times debt to operating profit. 89%Postpaid Additions 49% Wireless Wireless Data Revenue Growth 79% Cable Telephony Sub Growth 13% Cable RGU Growth What We Said: Continued strong wireless subscriber growth with a focus on postpaid customers. What We Did: Delivered 118% of 2007 subscriber guidance with 89% of net additions being postpaid. What We Said: Industry-leading wireless data growth to support continued ARPU expansion. What We Did: 49% wireless data revenue growth with data as a per- cent of network revenue expanding to 13.2% from 10.6% in 2006. What We Said: Continued rapid growth of cable telephony during 2007. What We Did: Expanded coverage area to 94% of cable territory and grew subscriber base 79% to 655,800. What We Said: Deliver continued solid cable revenue generating unit (“RGU”) growth. What We Did: Cable RGUs up 654,800 or 13% with solid growth in cable telephony, Internet and digital cable subscribers. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (In millions of dollars, except per share data) Revenue Adjusted operating profit Adjusted operating profit margin Net income (loss) Basic earnings (loss) per share Annual dividend rate at year-end Total assets Long-term debt (includes current portion) Shareholders‘ equity TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN 2 0 0 7 $ 10,123 3,703 37% 637 1.00 0.50 15,325 6,033 4,624 $ 2 0 0 6 8,838 2,942 33% 622 0.99 0.16 14,105 6,988 4,200 $ 2 0 0 5 7,334 2,252 31% (45) (0.08) 0.075 13,834 7,739 3,528 $ 2 0 0 4 5,514 1,752 32% (68) (0.14) 0.05 13,273 8,542 2,385 $ 2 0 0 3 4,736 1,446 31% 76 0.17 – 8,465 5,440 1,297 ONE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN: 2007 FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN: 2003 –2007 31% 10% 6% 17% 5% 529% 132% 83% 151% 120% CONNECTING MATTERS COMMUNICATIONS INFORMATION ENTERTAINMENT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT RCI.B.TO S&P/TSX COMPOSITE S&P 500 TSX TELECOM INDEX N.A. TELECOM INDEX RCI.B.TO S&P/TSX COMPOSITE S&P 500 TSX TELECOM INDEX N.A. TELECOM INDEX For a detailed discussion of our financial and operating metrics, and results, please see the accompanying 2007 MD&A later in this report. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. AT A GLANCE ROGERS COMMUNIC ATIONS ROGERS WIRELESS ROGERS C ABLE ROGERS MEDIA Rogers Communications (TSX: RCI; NYSE: RCI) is a diversified Canadian communications and media company. As discussed in the following pages, Rogers Communications is engaged in three primary lines of business through its wholly owned subsidiaries Rogers Wireless, Rogers Cable and Rogers Media. Rogers Communications REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $10.1 billion 7.3 8.8 10.1 2.3 2.9 3.7 Rogers Wireless Rogers Cable Rogers Media 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $5.5 billion 3.9 4.6 5.5 1.4 2.0 2.6 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $3.6 billion 2.5 3.2 3.6 0.8 0.9 1.0 Wireless 53% Cable 34% Media 13% Postpaid Voice 76% Wireless Data 13% Prepaid Voice Equipment sales 5% 6% Core Cable 43% High-Speed Internet 17% Business Solutions 16% Home Phone 13% Retail 11% Rogers Wireless provides wireless voice and data communications services across Canada to more than 7 million customers under both the Rogers Wireless and Fido brands. Proven to operate Canada’s most reliable wireless network, Rogers Wireless is Canada’s largest wireless provider and the only carrier operating on the global standard GSM and highly advanced 3G HSPA technology platforms. Rogers Wireless is Canada’s leader in innovative wireless voice and data services, and provides customers with the best and latest wireless devices and applications. In addition to providing seamless wireless roaming across the U.S. and more than 200 countries internationally, Rogers Wireless also provides wireless broadband services across Canada utilizing its 2.5 GHz fixed wireless spectrum. Rogers Cable is Canada’s largest cable television provider, whose territory covers approximately 3.5 million homes in Ontario, New Brunswick and Newfoundland with 64% basic penetration of its homes passed. Its advanced digital two-way hybrid fibre-coax network provides the leading selection of on-demand and high- definition programming including an extensive line up of sports and multicultural programming. Rogers Cable pioneered high- speed Internet access and now 64% of its cable customers subscribe to its high-speed Internet service, while Rogers Cable boasts 1.2 million residential and business telephony subscribers. Rogers Cable also operates a retail distribution chain which offers Rogers branded cable, home entertainment and wireless products and services. Rogers Media is Canada’s premier combination of category-leading radio and television broadcasting, publishing, sports entertainment and on-line properties. Its Radio group operates 52 radio stations across Canada, while its Television properties include the five- station Citytv network; its multicultural OMNI television stations; Rogers Sportsnet, a specialty sports television service licenced to provide regional sports programming across Canada; and The Shopping Channel, Canada’s only nationally televised shopping service. Media’s Publishing group produces more than 70 well-known consumer magazines and trade and professional publications in Canada. Media’s Sports Entertainment assets include the Toronto Blue Jays Baseball Club and Rogers Centre, Canada’s largest sports and entertainment facility. 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $1.3 billion 1.10 1.21 1.32 0.13 0.16 0.18 Core Media 86% Sports Entertainment 14% “ THE BEST IS YET TO COME.” Ted Rogers For a detailed discussion of our financial and operating metrics, and results, please see the accompanying 2007 MD&A later in this report. 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. AT A GLANCE ROGERS COMMUNIC ATIONS ROGERS WIRELESS ROGERS C ABLE ROGERS MEDIA Rogers Communications (TSX: RCI; NYSE: RCI) is a diversified Canadian communications and media company. As discussed in the following pages, Rogers Communications is engaged in three primary lines of business through its wholly owned subsidiaries Rogers Wireless, Rogers Cable and Rogers Media. Rogers Communications REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $10.1 billion 7.3 8.8 10.1 2.3 2.9 3.7 Rogers Wireless Rogers Cable Rogers Media 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $5.5 billion 3.9 4.6 5.5 1.4 2.0 2.6 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $3.6 billion 2.5 3.2 3.6 0.8 0.9 1.0 Wireless 53% Cable 34% Media 13% Postpaid Voice 76% Wireless Data 13% Prepaid Voice Equipment sales 5% 6% Core Cable 43% High-Speed Internet 17% Business Solutions 16% Home Phone 13% Retail 11% Rogers Wireless provides wireless voice and data communications services across Canada to more than 7 million customers under both the Rogers Wireless and Fido brands. Proven to operate Canada’s most reliable wireless network, Rogers Wireless is Canada’s largest wireless provider and the only carrier operating on the global standard GSM and highly advanced 3G HSPA technology platforms. Rogers Wireless is Canada’s leader in innovative wireless voice and data services, and provides customers with the best and latest wireless devices and applications. In addition to providing seamless wireless roaming across the U.S. and more than 200 countries internationally, Rogers Wireless also provides wireless broadband services across Canada utilizing its 2.5 GHz fixed wireless spectrum. Rogers Cable is Canada’s largest cable television provider, whose territory covers approximately 3.5 million homes in Ontario, New Brunswick and Newfoundland with 64% basic penetration of its homes passed. Its advanced digital two-way hybrid fibre-coax network provides the leading selection of on-demand and high- definition programming including an extensive line up of sports and multicultural programming. Rogers Cable pioneered high- speed Internet access and now 64% of its cable customers subscribe to its high-speed Internet service, while Rogers Cable boasts 1.2 million residential and business telephony subscribers. Rogers Cable also operates a retail distribution chain which offers Rogers branded cable, home entertainment and wireless products and services. Rogers Media is Canada’s premier combination of category-leading radio and television broadcasting, publishing, sports entertainment and on-line properties. Its Radio group operates 52 radio stations across Canada, while its Television properties include the five- station Citytv network; its multicultural OMNI television stations; Rogers Sportsnet, a specialty sports television service licenced to provide regional sports programming across Canada; and The Shopping Channel, Canada’s only nationally televised shopping service. Media’s Publishing group produces more than 70 well-known consumer magazines and trade and professional publications in Canada. Media’s Sports Entertainment assets include the Toronto Blue Jays Baseball Club and Rogers Centre, Canada’s largest sports and entertainment facility. 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $1.3 billion 1.10 1.21 1.32 0.13 0.16 0.18 Core Media 86% Sports Entertainment 14% “ THE BEST IS YET TO COME.” Ted Rogers For a detailed discussion of our financial and operating metrics, and results, please see the accompanying 2007 MD&A later in this report. 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. IS A DIVERSIFIED CANADIAN COMMUNICATIONS AND MEDIA COMPANY ENGAGED IN THREE PRIMARY LINES OF BUSINESS. ROGERS WIRELESS IS CANADA’S LARGEST WIRELESS VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES PROVIDER AND THE COUNTRY’S ONLY CARRIER OPERATING ON THE WORLD STANDARD GSM TECHNOLOGY PLATFORM. ROGERS CABLE IS CANADA’S LARGEST CABLE TELEVISION PROVIDER, OFFERING CABLE TELEVISION, HIGH-SPEED INTERNET ACCESS, AND TELEPHONY SERVICES FOR RESIDENTIAL AND BUSINESS CUSTOMERS, AND OPERATING A RETAIL DISTRIBUTION CHAIN WHICH OFFERS ROGERS BRANDED WIRELESS AND HOME ENTERTAINMENT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. ROGERS MEDIA IS CANADA’S PREMIER GROUP OF CATEGORY-LEADING BROADCAST, PRINT AND ON-LINE MEDIA ASSETS WITH BUSINESSES IN RADIO AND TELEVISION BROADCASTING, TELEVISED SHOPPING, MAGAZINE AND TRADE JOURNAL PUBLICATION, AND SPORTS ENTERTAINMENT. ROGERS COMMUNIC ATIONS ROGERS WIRELESS ROGERS C ABLE ROGERS MEDIA TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS 4 CONNECTING MATTERS 18 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 78 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 79 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 80 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 76 MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING 81 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 76 AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS 77 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 82 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 118 CORPORATE AND SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION CONNECTING WITH OUR SHAREHOLDERS FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS, 2007 was a year of continued solid growth in customers, revenues and cash flow. At the same time we further deleveraged our balance sheet, simplified our corporate structure and laid the groundwork for returning increasing amounts of cash to our shareholders. While we have much to do in continuing to reinforce our systems and capabilities, I am confident that we are exceptionally well-positioned to carry on our growth and success. Last year I wrote to you that our focus for 2007 would be on delivering continued growth and increasing profitability through innovation and disciplined execution, with an increasing focus on making Rogers what I call “industrial strength” – by putting in place the processes, platforms, people and controls that will sup- port and secure the Company into the future. I am proud to report that we made great strides and delivered solidly on our objectives and targets for the year. • The launch of our next generation HSPA network – the fastest wireless network and first of its kind in Canada – was accom- plished in 25 markets across Canada. This powerful 3G technology significantly improves wireless data download speeds and has enabled us to offer customers new mobile multimedia services like video calling, video-on-demand, 25 channels of mobile TV, satellite radio-on-demand and access to more than one million download- able songs. I am pleased with our results in 2007 and most grateful to our thousands of employees across the country whose support and engagement enable us to deliver for our customers and shareholders. These are some of our more significant achievements for 2007: • We launched new “triple play” packages that combine digital cable, high-speed Internet and cable telephony services in discrete packages with easy-to-understand price points, which allow our customers to easily choose the television, high-speed Internet and home telephone plan that best meets their needs. • We began 2007 by implementing a two-for-one split of our shares and raising the annual dividend from $0.075 to $0.16 per share – a 113% increase. We also increased the frequency of our dividend payments by changing the dividend distribution schedule from semi-annual to quarterly. As the year progressed, we were able to again raise the dividend, this time more than threefold from $0.16 to $0.50 per share annually. • We opportunistically acquired the five Citytv television stations required to be divested by CTVglobemedia. This acquisition gave our media business a significantly enhanced broadcast television presence in the largest Canadian markets outside Québec and is a terrific complement to our existing television, radio and specialty channel assets. • For the year, we delivered continued strong double-digit growth in revenue, up 15%, and in adjusted operating profit, up 26%. As a result, free cash flow, defined as adjusted operating profit less integration expense, restructuring, PP&E expenditures and interest expense, increased 118% to $1.3 billion. • Our subscriber growth continued at solid rates reflecting healthy demand in our markets, the quality of our service offerings and the strength of the Rogers brand. Wireless subscribers now exceed 7 million and, again in 2007, we reduced customer churn and increased average revenue per user, while digital TV, Internet and cable telephony subscriber levels all grew at healthy rates as we continued to increase the penetration of these products. • We worked together with the wireless industry to launch number portability in Canada during March 2007, allowing consumers to change carriers while keeping their cellular phone number. Our processes and systems at Rogers were well prepared for this complicated transition, and wireless number portability has proven to be a seamless experience for our consumers. 2 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT • I was most pleased when during the first part of 2007, Rogers finally achieved investment grade credit status following upgrades by the credit rating agencies Fitch, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. This had been an important goal for many years and it is a solid recognition of the healthy balance sheet now in place at Rogers. • We were also successful in greatly simplifying our corporate structure during 2007 by amalgamating RCI with its wholly owned cable and wireless holding company subsidiaries. All of our bor- rowings and swaps now reside at RCI, along with a new unsecured $2.4 billion bank credit facility, and this has enabled us to measurably streamline our reporting and compliance obligations. • For 2007, the RCI.b shares on the TSX appreciated by 31%. As well, coincident with our January 2008 release of 2007 subscriber results and the issuance of guidance for continued double-digit financial growth for 2008, our Board approved an increase in Rogers’ annual dividend from $0.50 to $1.00 per share effective in 2008. “ The Company’s continued healthy growth in subscribers, revenue and cash flow reflects our intense focus on delivering continued growth and increasing profit- ability, innovative products and first-rate customer service. While our brand, franchises and markets are all strong, we have much work to do to maintain our leadership position.” Edward “Ted” S. Rogers, OC President and Chief Executive Officer Rogers Communications Inc. Overall, I believe it is fair to say that in 2007 Rogers again delivered good results and above-market returns for shareholders. Going forward, we have sound strategic positioning, a trajectory for con- tinued double-digit revenue and adjusted operating profit growth in 2008, and a healthy balance sheet. However, we also have much work to do in continuing to develop and reinforce our platforms to secure continued growth into the future. Importantly, we must continue to scale and evolve our infrastruc- ture and systems to assure that we can continue to accommodate rapid customer growth and can flexibly deploy new products and services. Equally important is the need to continually enhance our customer service capabilities to make it easier and more satisfying for customers to do business with us – whether on the phone, in the store, at the door or on the Web. “ Our plan for 2008 strikes a healthy balance between the continued delivery of subscriber and financial growth, the return of increasing amounts of our growing free cash flow to shareholders, and the investments that will help assure such growth continues well into the future.” At Rogers, we’ve collectively built today’s thriving wireless, cable, Internet, home phone and media businesses to serve millions of customers from coast to coast. It’s an unbeatable track record and as shareholders and partners you have all been a part of it. Our plan for 2008 strikes a healthy balance between the continued delivery of subscriber and financial growth, the return of increas- ing amounts of our growing free cash flow to shareholders, and the investments that will help assure that such growth continues well into the future. I believe that we will continue to demonstrate how Rogers’ innovative array of wireless, cable, high-speed Internet, telephony and media products and services can add great value to our customers’ lives and generate solid returns for our shareholders. If you live in Canada, I invite you to sample and subscribe to our many services. They will entertain you, inform you and help you keep in touch with what matters most in your world. Thank you for your investment, confidence and continued support. The best is yet to come! On the regulatory front, in November 2007, the federal govern- ment delivered a disappointing set of rules for the upcoming AWS wireless spectrum auction, which will block us from bidding on the full amount of spectrum up for auction by setting portions aside for potential new entrants. This was a most unfortunate decision for Canadians on a number of fronts, including that it will reduce the amount of money that the government receives from the auction and it will also allow new entrants to roam on a network Rogers invested billions of dollars to build. However, and as I remind our employees, Rogers has never avoided a battle – even one on an uneven playing field. Our history is one of succeeding in the face of challenges. We have expertly dealt with complex regulations before. We have successfully faced new entrants in the wireless sector before and we know how to com- pete vigorously. We will continue to relentlessly pursue our plans and deliver the best innovative services for our customers now and in the future. Edward “Ted” S. Rogers, OC President and Chief Executive Officer Rogers Communications Inc. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 3 CONNECTING FAMILIES WIRELESS HOME PHONE HIGH-SPEED INTERNET ELECTRONIC MAIL CABLE TELEVISION Today’s families live on the move. As the unending demands of work, school, home and play pull family members in different directions, parents look for new and innovative ways to keep them connected. Rogers offers them the flexibility, convenience and simple peace of mind of knowing that the people they care about most are never far away. ride home, a text message is translated to a voice call telling Dad it’s time to go. Mom gets an e-mail notice at the office when Grandma leaves a voice message at home. And a voice message is transformed to text so Dad will get the message to pick up milk before he even leaves his meeting. With video cell phones, parents can speak face to face with their daughter at college. When one of the younger children needs a With the most innovative wireless, cable TV, Internet and home phone services together from one trusted provider, it’s easy to understand why more families connect with Rogers. 4 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT CONNECTING MOMENTS TELEPHONY WIRELESS DATA INTERNET ELECTRONIC MAIL VIDEO CALLING TEXT MESSAGING It’s a mobile and broadband world for today’s youth and young adults whose live-in-the-moment lifestyles rely on having anytime access to the people and things that matter to them most. With Rogers they’re able to share moments as they happen with the latest wireless devices and fastest Internet speeds as talking, messaging, networking and entertainment all converge. and seamless wireless coverage around the globe, it is just as easy to connect with a friend through an e-mail, a text message, a photo or a voicemail as it is to access and enjoy the latest music and the hottest social-networking websites like Facebook, MySpace and YouTube. Around the city or around the world, friends know that it’s Rogers that keeps them connected, with the most advanced wireless and broadband services. With blistering fast Internet speeds at home Theirs is a world of options. Rogers helps them define their experi- ence like no one else with more choices in services, applications, devices, speed and coverage. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 5 6 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT CONNECTING WITH THE WORLD HIGH-SPEED INTERNET CABLE TELEVISION VIDEO-ON-DEMAND SPECIALTY CONTENT RADIO MAGAZINES Rogers helps make the world smaller for millions of Canadians, bringing them closer to the unknown people and places they’re curious about and the everyday things they know and love. With thousands of viewing choices enabled by on-demand digital cable TV and quicker, more convenient ways to connect to the Internet, the information and entertainment customers need and want has never been more accessible. With the most in on-demand, sports, movies, episodic, specialty and multicultural programming from Rogers, TV has never been this good, this easy, or this much in their control. Plus, with the selection of unique and exciting content from Rogers Media’s own TV, radio and magazine properties, Canadians have almost endless new perspectives on the world to experience and share. Rogers led in the World Wide Web revolution a decade ago as the first to offer cable broadband Internet access service. Today, fast and reliable broadband connectivity lets parents better balance their time between the office and home, while making it possible for their kids to participate in collaborative learning and access the history, learnings and inhabitants of the wider world with the click of a mouse. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 7 CONNECTING BUSINESSES TELEPHONY DATA NETWORKING IP SOLUTIONS MOBILITY RADIO AND TV BROADCASTING PRINT MEDIA Connectivity and productivity go hand and hand in today’s hyper- competitive business world, and Rogers provides high-quality voice and data connectivity solutions designed specifically for the most demanding of wireless and wired commercial requirements. Staying connected with the office while on the move is a business imperative that no one delivers on like Rogers. The fastest and most reliable wireless network, unprecedented support, the broadest array of wireless applications and devices, and seamless connectivity around the globe are why businesses rely on Rogers. At the office, Rogers delivers the same level of dependability and value in telephony and Internet services that its customers enjoy at home. With voice and data solutions specifically built for business and backed by dedicated around-the-clock support, Rogers provides a single reliable source for advanced and innova- tive wired and wireless voice and data networking solutions. But more than anything, businesses need customers. So they connect with Rogers’ leading broadcast and print media brands as their one-stop solution for all their local and national radio, television and print advertising needs. 8 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT CONNECTING WITH OUR CUSTOMERS SINGLE POINT OF CONTACT 24/7 SERVICE CONVENIENT LOCATIONS FLEXIBLE APPOINTMENTS PERSONALIZED BUNDLES Rogers has a long heritage of dedication to enriching the lives of Canadians that starts by putting our customers at the centre of everything we do. It means a commitment to continually invest in our networks and platforms to ensure we’re delivering the latest and most robust services to our customers – today and into the future. Equally important is our investment in people. Rogers puts a priority on ensuring that trained technical resources are on hand to respond quickly, that we make service calls when it’s convenient for our customers, and that we show up when we say we will. We believe that excellence in customer service is about more than just answering the phone promptly. With call centres staffed by trained professionals in Canada, hundreds of local stores and reliable dealers, and live on-line chat support, we’re striving to provide our customers with the help they need when and where it’s convenient for them. Rogers is investing more than ever in its customer service infra- structure, systems and training to ensure we have the right people in place with the right tools to understand the customer need, and then resolve it right the first time. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 9 CONNECTING TO A FUTURE FULL OF INNOVATION CONVERGED WIRELESS/WIRELINE WIRELESS BROADBAND MOBILE TV VIDEO CALLING HIGH-DEFINITION ON-DEMAND Canadians know to expect the fastest, coolest and most innovative technology and services from Rogers first. That’s because at the heart of Rogers is a drive to deliver the most innovative and compelling information, communications and entertainment services available. With the combination of our advanced national wireless network, powerful broadband cable infrastructure connecting millions of homes and our array of category-leading media assets, Rogers is in a unique position to define how the next generation of Canadians will connect. Today, Rogers lets them say more and play more with the fastest speeds, hottest devices and most innovative applications. Tomorrow, speed and mobility will define the experience more than ever. As technologies continue to converge, people will move from living in a connected environment to simply being connected individuals in any environment. Rogers will lead the way. While the future is yet to be written, there’s one thing to be certain of – if you’re with Rogers, you’ll never miss a thing. 10 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT CONNECTING WITH OUR COMMUNITIES FOOD BANKS SAFE AND ACTIVE CHILDREN WOMEN‘S SHELTERS LOCAL NEWS AND EVENTS CELL PHONE RECYCLING In addition to in-depth coverage of the local news and events in the communities we serve, Rogers supports community action initiatives that are as diverse as the communities themselves. A number of these programs are dedicated to keeping children safe and active, both in the community and on-line. Together with our committed and caring employees, we help kids and parents become media and Internet smart, assist in the recovery of miss- ing children, play a part in the battle against on-line child sexual abuse, help keep watch over kids on Halloween night, and support youth sports. Rogers has been a long-time supporter of local food banks, helping Canada’s neediest families during times of hardship, and this holiday season we donated an additional $10 on behalf of each Rogers employee to food banks across the country. As well, we partner with food banks to promote the “Phones for Food” cell phone recycling campaign, generating hundreds of thousands of dollars to provide emergency food assistance. We also bring entertainment to sick children in hospitals, support the arts and youth sports, and collect toy and food donations during the holidays. For further information on these and other community initiatives, visit rogers.com/aboutrogers. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 11 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE As at February 20, 2008 B OAR D OF D IRE C T OR S AN D IT S COM MI T T E E S AUDIT CORPORATE GOVERNANCE NOMINATING COMPENSATION EXECUTIVE FINANCE PENSION Alan D. Horn, CA Peter C. Godsoe, OC Edward “Ted” S. Rogers, OC Ronald D. Besse CHAIR CHAI R C HA IR C HA IR C. William D. Birchall John H. Clappison, FCA Thomas I. Hull Philip B. Lind, CM Nadir H. Mohamed, CA The Hon. David R. Peterson, PC, QC Edward S. Rogers Loretta A. Rogers Melinda M. Rogers William T. Schleyer John A. Tory, QC J. Christopher C. Wansbrough Colin D. Watson Rogers Communications’ Board of Directors is strongly committed to sound corporate governance and continuously reviews its gover- nance practices and benchmarks them against acknowledged lead- ers and evolving legislation. We are a family-controlled company and take pride in our proactive and disciplined approach towards ensuring that Rogers’ governance structures and practices are deserving of the confidence of the public equity markets. As substantial stakeholders, the Rogers family is represented on our Board and brings a long-term commitment to oversight and value creation. At the same time, we benefit from having outside directors who are some of the most experienced business leaders in North America. C HA IR C HA IR CH AIR In the Board’s view its corporate governance model must be appropriate to the Company’s circumstances but it believes in the central role played by directors in the overall governance process. The Board believes that the Company’s governance system is effective and that there are appropriate structures and procedures in place to ensure its independence. The composition of our Board and structure of its various committees are outlined above. As well, we make detailed infor- mation of our governance structures and practices – including our complete statement of corporate governance practices, our codes of conduct and ethics, full committee charters, and board member biographies – easily available on our website at rogers.com/corporategovernance. In the corporate governance section of our rogers.com website you will also find a summary of the differences between the NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. based companies and our governance practices as a non-U.S. based issuer that is listed on the NYSE. 12 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT “ Over the years the Canadian economy has benefited greatly from family founded and controlled companies that are able to take a longer term view of investment horizons and general business management. At Rogers, we have successfully overlaid disciplined corporate governance processes that strike a healthy balance of being supportive of the business’ continued success, making common business sense, and benefiting all shareholders.” Alan D. Horn Chairman of the Board Rogers Communications Inc. “ Rogers has a long tradition of strong independent voices and directors in the boardroom and sound governance structures which ensure that their influence is real. The structure of our Board is very much intended to ensure that the Directors and management act in the interests of all Rogers’ shareholders – an approach that has helped ensure the continuance of strong independent family founded Canadian companies.” Peter C. Godsoe, OC Lead Director Rogers Communications Inc. The Audit Committee reviews the Company’s accounting policies and practices, the integrity of the Company’s financial reporting processes and procedures and the financial statements and other relevant public disclosures to be provided to the public. The Committee also assists the Board in its oversight of the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to financial reporting and assesses the systems of internal accounting and financial controls and the qualifications, independence and work of external auditors and internal auditors. The Corporate Governance Committee assists and makes recommendations to the Board to ensure the Board of Directors has developed appropriate systems and procedures to enable the Board to exercise and discharge its responsibilities. To carry this out the Corporate Governance Committee assists the Board in developing, recommending and establishing corporate governance policies and practices and leads the Board in its periodic review of the performance of the Board and its committees. The Nominating Committee assists and makes recommendations to the Board to ensure that the Board of Directors is properly constituted to meet its fiduciary obligations to shareholders and the Company. To carry this out, the Nominating Committee identifies prospective Director nominees for election by the shareholders and for appointment by the Board and also recom- mends nominees for each committee of the Board including each committee’s Chair. The Compensation Committee assists the Board in monitoring, reviewing and approving compensation and benefit policies and practices. The Committee is responsible for recommending director and senior management compensation and for succession planning with respect to senior executives. The Executive Committee assists the Board in discharging its responsibilities in the intervals between meetings of the Board, including to act in such areas as specifically designated and authorized at a preceding meeting of the Board and to consider matters concerning the Company that may arise from time-to-time. The Finance Committee reviews and reports to the Board on matters relating to the Company’s investment strategies, hedging program, and general debt and equity structure. The Pension Committee supervises the administration of the Company’s pension plans and reviews the provisions and investment performance of the Company’s pension plans. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 13 DIRECTORS AND SENIOR CORPORATE OFFICERS OF ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 1 5 9 2 6 3 7 4 8 1 0 11 12 DIREC TORS 1 Alan D. Horn, CA Chairman; President and Chief Executive Officer Rogers Telecommunications Limited 2 Peter C. Godsoe, OC Lead Director; Company Director 3 Ronald D. Besse President, Besseco Holdings Inc. 4 Charles William David Birchall 14 Philip B. Lind, CM Vice Chairman, Rogers Communications 18 Nadir H. Mohamed, CA President and Chief Operating Officer, Communications Group Rogers Communications 7 The Hon. David R. Peterson, PC, QC Senior Partner and Chairman, Cassels Brock & Blackwell LLP 8 Loretta A. Rogers Company Director 22 Melinda M. Rogers Senior Vice President, Strategy and Development, Rogers Communications 9 William T. Schleyer Company Director 10 John A. Tory, QC Vice Chairman, Barrick Gold Corporation 13 Edward “Ted” S. Rogers, OC 5 John H. Clappison, FCA Company Director 6 Thomas I. Hull Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, The Hull Group of Companies President and Chief Executive Officer, Rogers Communications 21 Edward S. Rogers President, Rogers Cable All director and officer photographs by Peter Bregg, Rogers Media 14 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT Director, The Woodbridge Company Limited 11 J. Christopher C. Wansbrough Chairman, Rogers Telecommunications Limited 12 Colin D. Watson Company Director 13 17 21 14 18 2 2 15 19 2 3 16 2 0 SENIOR CORPOR ATE OFFICERS 1 Alan D. Horn, CA Chairman 21 Edward S. Rogers President, Rogers Cable 13 Edward “Ted” S. Rogers, OC 23 Anthony P. Viner 20 Kevin P. Pennington Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer President and Chief Executive Officer 14 Philip B. Lind, CM Vice Chairman 18 Nadir H. Mohamed, CA President and Chief Operating Officer, Communications Group 15 Robert W. Bruce President, Rogers Wireless President and Chief Executive Officer, Rogers Media 17 David P. Miller Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 19 Ronan D. McGrath, CA Chief Information Officer, Rogers Shared Operations 16 William W. Linton, CA Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer 22 Melinda M. Rogers Senior Vice President, Strategy and Development See rogers.com for an expanded listing and biographical information of Rogers’ corporate and operating company management teams. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 15 2007 HIGHLIGHTS The following represents a sampling of Rogers Communications Inc.’s performance highlights for 2007. HEALTHY GROW TH MARGIN EXPANSION C ASH FLOW DIVIDEND GROW TH Rogers Communications posts double-digit growth with revenues up 15% and adjusted operating profit up 26% Rogers Communications increases adjusted operating profit margins 330 basis points to 37% Rogers Communications grows free cash flow 118% to $1.3 billion Rogers Communications more than triples annual dividend from C$0.16 to C$0.50 per share INVESTMENT GR ADE CORPOR ATE STRUC TURE OPTION RE-PURCHASE PL AN CIT Y T V ACQUISITION Rogers Communications upgraded to investment grade credit by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch Rogers completes simplifica- tion of corporate structure with amalgamation of wireless and cable subsidiar- ies into RCI Rogers introduces cash settlement of stock options to tax-efficiently deploy cash and mitigate dilution Rogers Media acquires the five-station Citytv television network NET WORK QUALIT Y ADVANCED WIRELESS SERVICES WIRELESS DATA WIRELESS SUBSCRIBERS Rogers Wireless network rated clearest and most reli- able in Canada Rogers Wireless launches next generation HSPA wire- less services across 25 markets Rogers Wireless grows wireless data revenues 49% to $683 million Rogers Wireless subscriber base grows to 7.3 million DIGITAL TELEVISION HIGH-SPEED INTERNET C ABLE TELEPHONY PORTABLE INTERNET Rogers Cable reports top penetration of digital cable in Canada at 59% of cable subscribers Rogers Cable adds 164,494 new high-speed Internet subscribers, reaching 41% of homes passed Rogers Cable announces cable telephony subscribers up 79% to 655,800 Rogers expands coverage of fixed wireless portable Internet service to more than 100 urban and rural areas For a detailed discussion of our financial and operating metrics, and results, please see the accompanying 2007 MD&A later in this report. 16 16 ROGERS COMMU N I C AT I ONS I NC . 20 07 A N N UAL REP O R T ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT FINANCIAL SECTION CONTENTS 18 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 76 MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR Corporate Overview 19 Our Business 20 Our Strategy 20 Acquisitions 20 Consolidated Financial and Operating Results 26 2008 Financial and Operating Guidance Segment Review 27 Wireless 33 Cable 42 Media Consolidated Liquidity and Financing 44 Liquidity and Capital Resources 47 48 Outstanding Common Share Data 48 Dividends and Other Payments on Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Management RCI Equity Securities 49 Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations 49 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements Operating Environment 50 Government Regulation and Regulatory Developments 53 Competition in our Businesses 54 Risks and Uncertainties Affecting our Businesses Accounting Policies and Non-GAAP Measures 60 Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures 62 Critical Accounting Policies 62 Critical Accounting Estimates 64 New Accounting Standards 66 Recent Canadian Accounting Pronouncements 66 U.S. GAAP Differences Additional Financial Information 67 Related Party Transactions 68 Five-Year Summary of Consolidated Financial Results 69 Summary of Seasonality and Quarterly Results 71 Controls and Procedures 72 Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations FINANCIAL REPORTING 76 AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS 77 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 78 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 79 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 80 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 81 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 82 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 82 Note 1: Nature of the Business 82 Note 2: Significant Accounting Policies 88 Note 3: Segmented Information 90 Note 4: Business Combinations 91 Note 5: Investment in Joint Ventures 92 Note 6: Integration and Restructuring Expenses 92 Note 7: Income Taxes 94 Note 8: Net Income Per Share 94 Note 9: Other Current Assets 95 Note 10: Property, Plant and Equipment 95 Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible Assets 96 Note 12: Investments 96 Note 13: Deferred Charges 97 Note 14: Other Long-Term Assets 97 Note 15: Long-Term Debt 100 Note 16: Financial Instruments 102 Note 17: Other Long-Term Liabilities 103 Note 18: Pensions 105 Note 19: Shareholders’ Equity 106 Note 20: Stock-Based Compensation 109 Note 21: Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and Supplemental Information 109 Note 22: Related Party Transactions 110 Note 23: Commitments 111 Note 24: Guarantees 111 Note 25: Contingent Liabilities 112 Note 26: Canadian and United States Accounting Policy Differences 117 Note 27: Subsequent Events 118 CORPORATE AND SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 17 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with our 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. The financial information presented herein has been prepared on the basis of Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and is expressed in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise stated. Please refer to Note 26 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a sum- mary of differences between Canadian and United States (“U.S.”) GAAP. This MD&A, which is current as of February 20, 2008, is orga- nized into six sections. 1 CORPORATE OVERVIEW 2 SEGMENT REVIEW 3 CONSOLIDATED LIQUIDITY AND FINANCING 19 20 20 20 26 Our Business Our Strategy Acquisitions Consolidated Financial and Operating Results 2008 Financial and Operating Guidance 27 Wireless 33 Cable 42 Media 44 47 48 48 49 Liquidity and Capital Resources Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Management Outstanding Common Share Data Dividends and Other Payments on RCI Equity Securities Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations 49 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 4 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT 50 53 54 Government Regulation and Regulatory Developments Competition in our Businesses Risks and Uncertainties Affecting our Businesses 5 60 62 62 64 66 AC C O U N T I N G P O L I C I E S A N D N O N - G A A P M E A S U R E S 6 A D D I T I O N A L F I N A N C I A L I N F O R M AT I O N Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures Critical Accounting Policies Critical Accounting Estimates New Accounting Standards Recent Canadian Accounting Pronouncements 66 U.S. GAAP Differences 67 68 69 71 72 Related Party Transactions Five-Year Summary of Consolidated Financial Results Summary of Seasonality and Quarterly Results Controls and Procedures Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations In this MD&A, the terms “we”, “us”, “our”, “Rogers” and “the Company” refer to Rogers Communications Inc. and our subsidiar- ies, which were reported in the following segments for the year ended December 31, 2007: • “Wireless”, which refers to our wireless communications opera- tions, including Rogers Wireless Partnership (“RWP”) and Fido Solutions Inc. (“Fido”); • “Cable” (formerly “Cable and Telecom”), which refers to our wholly owned cable television subsidiaries, including Rogers Cable Communications Inc. (“RCCI”). In January 2007, we com- pleted an internal reorganization whereby the Cable and Internet and Rogers Home Phone segments were combined into one segment known as Cable Operations. As a result, beginning in 2007, the Cable segment consists of the following segments: Cable Operations, Rogers Business Solutions (“RBS”) and Rogers Retail. Comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to this new segment reporting; and • “Media”, which refers to our wholly owned subsidiary Rogers Media Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Rogers Broadcasting, which owns Rogers Sportsnet, a group of AM and FM Radio stations, OMNI television, The Biography Channel Canada, G4TechTV Canada and The Shopping Channel; Rogers Publishing; and Rogers Sports Entertainment, which owns the Toronto Blue Jays and the Rogers Centre. Media also holds ownership interests in entities involved in specialty TV content, TV production and broadcast sales. In addition, the operating results of Citytv are included in Media’s results of operations from the date of acqui- sition on October 31, 2007. Substantially all of our operations are in Canada. “RCI” refers to the legal entity Rogers Communications Inc. exclud- ing our subsidiaries. 18 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Throughout this MD&A, all percentage changes are calculated using numbers rounded to the decimal to which they appear. Please note that the charts, graphs and diagrams that follow have been included for ease of reference and illustrative purposes only and do not form part of management’s discussion and analysis. no obligation (and we expressly disclaim any such obligation) to update or alter any forward-looking statements or assumptions whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. C AUTION REGARDING FORWARD -LOOkING STATEMENTS, RISkS AND A SSUMP TIONS This MD&A includes forward-looking statements and assumptions concerning the future performance of our business, its operations and its financial performance and condition approved by manage- ment on the date of this MD&A and is provided for the purpose of providing to shareholders management’s current views as to guidance ranges for 2008 selected financial and operating ranges. Such views may not be appropriate for other purposes and, in any event, are only current as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to our objectives and strategies to achieve those objectives, as well as statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, expectations, anticipations, estimates or intentions. These forward-looking state- ments include, but are not limited to, guidance relating to revenue, operating profit and property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) expenditures and free cash flow, expected growth in subscribers, the deployment of new services and all other statements that are not historical facts. Such forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and various factors and assumptions applied that we believe to be reasonable at the time, including but not limited to, general economic and industry growth rates, currency exchange rates, product pricing levels and competitive intensity, subscriber growth and usage rates, changes in government regu- lation, technology deployment, content and equipment costs, the integration of acquisitions, and industry structure and stability. Except as otherwise indicated, this MD&A does not reflect the poten- tial impact of any non-recurring or other special items or of any dispositions, monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, other business combinations or other transactions that may be announced or may occur after the date of the financial information contained herein. We caution that all forward-looking information is inherently uncertain and that actual results may differ materially from the assumptions, estimates or expectations reflected in the forward- looking information. A number of factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including but not limited to economic conditions, technological change, the integration of acquisitions, unanticipated changes in content or equipment costs, changing conditions in the enter- tainment, information and communications industries, regulatory changes, litigation and tax matters, and the level of competitive intensity, many of which are beyond our control. Therefore, should one or more of these risks materialize, or should assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements prove incorrect, actual results may vary significantly from what we currently foresee. Accordingly, we warn investors to exercise caution when consider- ing any such forward-looking information herein and to not place undue reliance on such statements and assumptions. We are under Before making any investment decisions and for a detailed discus- sion of the risks, uncertainties and environment associated with our business, fully review the sections of this MD&A entitled “Risks and Uncertainties Affecting our Businesses” and “Government Regulation and Regulatory Developments”. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Additional information relating to us, including our Annual Information Form and discussions of our 2007 quarterly results, may be found on SEDAR at www.sedar.com or on EDGAR at www.sec.gov. 1. CORPORATE OVERVIEW OUR BUSINESS We are a diversified Canadian communications and media com- pany. We are engaged in wireless voice and data communications services through Wireless, Canada’s largest wireless provider and the operator of the country’s only national Global System for Mobile Communications (“GSM”) based network. Through Cable we are one of Canada’s largest providers of cable television ser- vices as well as high-speed Internet access and telephony services. Through Media, we are engaged in radio and television broadcast- ing, televised shopping, magazines and trade publications, and sports entertainment. We are publicly traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX: RCI.A and RCI.B) and on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: RCI). For more detailed descriptions of our Wireless, Cable and Media businesses, see the respective segment discussions that follow. REVENUE (In millions of dollars) ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT (In millions of dollars) $3,860 2,492 1,097 $4,580 3,201 1,210 $5,503 3,558 1,317 $1,409 $1,987 778 131 916 156 $2,589 1,016 176 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 Wireless Cable Media Wireless Cable Media ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 19 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OUR STR ATEGY Our business objective is to maximize subscribers, revenue, operating profit and return on invested capital by enhancing our position as one of Canada’s leading diversified communications and media companies. Our strategy is to be the preferred provider of commu- nications, entertainment and information services to Canadians. We seek to take advantage of opportunities to leverage our networks, infrastructure, sales channels, brand and marketing resources across the Rogers group of companies by implementing cross-selling and joint sales distribution initiatives as well as cost- reduction initiatives through infrastructure sharing, to create value for our customers and shareholders. We help to identify and facilitate opportunities for Wireless, Cable and Media to create bundled product and service offerings at attractive prices, in addition to implementing cross-marketing and cross-promotion of products and services to increase sales and enhance subscriber loyalty. We also work to identify and imple- ment areas of opportunity for our businesses that will enhance operating efficiencies by sharing infrastructure, corporate services and sales distribution channels. We continue to develop brand awareness and promote the “Rogers” brand as a symbol of quality, innovation and value and of a diversified Canadian media and com- munications company. ADDITIONS TO CONSOLIDATED PP&E (In millions of dollars) CONSOLIDATED TOTAL ASSETS (In millions of dollars) $1,355 $1,712 $1,796 $13,834 $14,105 $15,325 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 ACQUISITIONS Acquisition of Ok Radio On January 1, 2007, we acquired five Alberta radio stations for cash consideration of $43 million including acquisition costs. The acquisi- tion was accounted for using the purchase method, with $13 million allocated to net tangible assets acquired, $29 million allocated to broadcast licences acquired and $1 million allocated to goodwill, which is tax deductible, within the Media reporting segment. Acquisition of Futureway Communications Inc. On June 22, 2007, we acquired the remaining 80% of the common shares that we did not already own and the outstanding stock options of Futureway Communications Inc. (“Futureway”) for cash consideration of $38 million. In addition, we contributed $48 million to Futureway to simultaneously repay obligations under capital 20 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT leases, advances from affiliated companies and to terminate a services agreement. The total cash outlay for the acquisition was $86 million. At the same time, Cable entered into a marketing agreement with the former controlling shareholder of Futureway that entitles us to preferred marketing arrangements in certain new residential housing developments in the Greater Toronto Area. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method with the results of operations consolidated with ours effective June 22, 2007. Acquisition of Channel M On July 6, 2007, we announced an agreement to acquire Vancouver multicultural television station Channel M from Multivan Broadcast Corporation. This transaction is subject to Canadian Radio- television and Telecommunications Commission (“CRTC”) approval and is expected to close early in 2008. Acquisition of Citytv On October 31, 2007, we acquired the Citytv network of five television stations in Canada from CTVglobemedia Inc. for cash consideration of $405 million including acquisition costs. The acquisi- tion was accounted for using the purchase method, with the results of operations consolidated with ours effective October 31, 2007. The purchase price allocation is preliminary pending finalization of valuations of the net identifiable assets acquired. Acquisition of Outdoor Life Network On November 16, 2007, we announced that we had reached an agreement to acquire the remaining two-thirds ownership in Outdoor Life Network to bring our ownership to 100%. This trans- action has not yet closed pending CRTC approval, which is expected in 2008. Acquisition of Aurora Cable TV Limited On February 13, 2008, we announced that we have entered into an agreement to acquire Aurora Cable TV Limited (“Aurora Cable”). This transaction has not yet closed pending CRTC approval, which is expected in 2008. Aurora Cable provides cable television, Internet and telephony services in the Town of Aurora and the community of Oak Ridges, in Richmond Hill, Ontario. Refer to “Critical Accounting Estimates – Purchase Price Allocations” and Note 4 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for more details regarding these transactions. CONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL AND O PER ATING R ESULTS See the sections in this MD&A entitled “Critical Accounting Policies”, “Critical Accounting Estimates” and “New Accounting Standards” and also the Notes to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of critical and new accounting policies and estimates as they relate to the discussion of our operating and financial results below. We measure the success of our strategies using a number of key performance indicators as outlined in the section entitled “Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures”. These key per- formance indicators are not measurements in accordance with MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS • We redeemed Wireless’ US$550 million principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2010 at the stipulated redemption price of 102.00% and its US$155 million principal amount of 9.75% Senior Debentures due 2016 at a redemption price of 128.42%. • We repaid at maturity Cable’s $450 million aggregate principal amount of 7.60% Senior Secured Notes. • We announced an increase in the annual dividend from $0.16 to $0.50 per Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting share. In addi- tion, subsequent to the year-end, we announced an increase in the annual dividend from $0.50 to $1.00 per Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting share. This reflects our Board of Directors’ continued confidence in the strategies that we have employed to position ourself as a growing and increasingly profitable communications company, while concurrently recognizing the importance of returning meaningful portions of the growing cash flows being generated by the business to shareholders. • We announced a Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”) to repurchase up to the lesser of 15 million of our Class B Non-Voting shares and that number of Class B Non-Voting shares that can be purchased under the NCIB for an aggregate purchase price of $300 million. Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006 For the year ended December 31, 2007, Wireless, Cable and Media represented 54%, 35% and 13% of our consolidated revenue, respectively, offset by corporate items and eliminations of 2%. Wireless, Cable and Media also represented 70%, 27% and 5% of our consolidated adjusted operating profit, respectively, offset by corporate items and eliminations of 2%. For more detailed discus- sions of Wireless, Cable and Media, refer to the respective segment discussions below. Canadian or U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as alterna- tives to net income or any other measure of performance under Canadian or U.S. GAAP. The non-GAAP measures presented in this MD&A include, among other measures, adjusted operating profit, adjusted operating profit margin, adjusted net income, and adjusted basic and diluted net income per share. We believe that the non-GAAP financial measures provided, which exclude: (i) the impact of the one-time non-cash charge resulting from the introduction of a cash settlement feature related to employee stock options; (ii) stock-based compensation expense; (iii) inte- gration and restructuring expenses; (iv) the impact of a one-time charge resulting from the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement; and (v) in respect of net income and net income per share, loss on repayment of long-term debt and the related income tax impacts of the above items, provide for a more effective analysis of our operating performance. See the sections entitled “Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” and “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” for further details. Operating Highlights and Significant Developments in 2007 • We completed the amalgamation of RCI with its wholly owned Cable and Wireless holding company subsidiaries, with RCI assuming all the rights and obligations under the outstanding Cable and Wireless public debt indentures and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. As part of the amalgamation process, RCI entered into a new unsecured $2.4 billion bank credit facility. This amalgamation was effected principally to simplify our corporate structure to enable the streamlining of reporting and compliance obligations. • We achieved investment grade credit status as a result of the upgrade of our corporate debt ratings by credit rating agencies Fitch, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. • We introduced a cash settlement feature for outstanding employee stock options to tax efficiently deploy cash to mitigate dilution that would otherwise occur upon the exercise of such options. The introduction of this cash settlement feature in the second quarter resulted in a one-time non-cash charge for accounting purposes of $452 million partially offset by a related future income tax benefit of $160 million. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 21 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Summarized Consolidated Financial Results Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, except per share amounts) Operating revenue Wireless Cable Cable Operations RBS Rogers Retail Corporate items and eliminations Media Corporate items and eliminations Total Adjusted operating profit (loss) (1) Wireless Cable Cable Operations RBS Rogers Retail Media Corporate items and eliminations Adjusted operating profit (1) Stock option plan amendment (2) Stock-based compensation expense (2) Integration and restructuring expenses (3) Contract renegotiation fee (4) Operating profit (1) Other income and expense, net (5) Net income Net income per share: Basic Diluted As adjusted: (1) Net income Net income per share: Basic Diluted Additions to property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) (1) Wireless Cable Cable Operations RBS Rogers Retail Media Corporate (6) Total 2007 2006 % Chg $ 5,503 $ 4,580 20 2,603 571 393 2,299 596 310 (9) (4) 3,558 1,317 (255) 3,201 1,210 (153) 10,123 8,838 13 (4) 27 125 11 9 67 15 2,589 1,987 30 1,008 12 (4) 1,016 176 (78) 3,703 (452) (62) (38) (52) 854 49 13 916 156 (117) 2,942 – (49) (18) – 3,099 2,462 2,875 2,253 $ 637 $ 622 $ 1.00 $ 0.99 0.99 0.97 $ 1,066 $ 684 $ 1.67 $ 1.66 1.08 1.07 $ 822 $ 684 710 83 21 814 77 83 685 98 11 794 48 186 $ 1,796 $ 1,712 18 (76) n/m 11 13 (33) 26 n/m 27 111 n/m 8 9 2 1 2 56 55 55 20 4 (15) 91 3 60 (55) 5 (1) As defined. See the “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” and the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” sections. (2) See the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. (3) Costs incurred related to the integration of Fido and Call-Net Enterprises Inc. (“Call-Net”), the restructuring of RBS and the closure of 21 Retail stores in the first quarter of 2006. (4) One-time charge resulting from the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement. See the section entitled “Cable Operations Operating Expenses”. (5) See the “Reconciliation of Net Income to Operating Profit and Adjusted Operating Profit for the Period” section for details of these amounts. (6) Corporate additions to PP&E include the acquisition of various corporate properties and related building improvements. n/m: not meaningful. 22 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Our consolidated revenue was $10,123 million in 2007, an increase of $1,285 million, or 15%, from $8,838 million in 2006. Of the increase, Wireless contributed $923 million, Cable $357 million, and Media $107 million, offset by an increase in corporate items and elimina- tions of $102 million. Our consolidated adjusted operating profit was $3,703 million, an increase of $761 million, or 26%, from $2,942 million in 2006. Of this increase, Wireless contributed $602 million, Cable contributed $100 million, and Media contributed $20 million. On a consolidated basis, we recorded net income of $637 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to net income of $622 million in 2006. Refer to the respective individual segment discussions for details of the revenue, operating expenses, operating profit and additions to PP&E of Wireless, Cable and Media. 2007 Performance Against Targets The following table sets forth the guidance ranges for selected full year financial and operating metrics that we provided for 2007, as revised during the year, versus the actual results we achieved for the year. Certain of the measures included below are not defined under Canadian GAAP. See the sections entitled “Key Performance Indica- tors and non-GAAP Measures” and “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” for further details. (Millions of dollars, except subscribers) Consolidated Revenue Adjusted operating profit (1) PP&E expenditures Free cash flow (2) Revenue Wireless (network revenue) Cable (3) Media Adjusted operating profit (1) Wireless (4) Cable Media Additions to PP&E Wireless (4) Cable (5) Media Original 2007 Guidance (At February 15, 2007) Updated from Original Guidance (At July 31, 2007) 2007 Actual $ $ $ $ 9,700 3,250 1,625 800 4,900 3,515 1,275 to to to to to to to 2,250 935 150 to to to 675 815 85 to to to $ 10,000 3,400 1,750 1,000 $ $ $ 5,000 3,600 1,325 2,350 975 160 725 880 95 600 725 $ $ $ $ 9,700 3,250 1,625 800 4,900 3,515 1,275 to to to to to to to 2,250 935 150 to to to 675 815 85 to to to $ 10,100 $ 10,123 3,703 1,796 1,290 3,585 1,750 1,150 $ $ $ 5,150 $ 3,600 1,325 5,154 3,558 1,317 2,535 $ 975 160 2,620 1,016 176 725 $ 880 95 807 803 77 500 625 to to 600 725 651 655 Net subscriber additions (000s) Retail wireless postpaid and prepaid (6) Residential cable revenue generating units (RGUs) (7) 500 625 to to (1) Excludes the impact of the introduction of a cash settlement feature for employee stock options, including the one-time non-cash charge upon adoption of $452 million recorded in the second quarter of 2007 and the ongoing impact of stock-based compensation expense. Also excludes integration and restructuring related expenditures and the impact of a one-time charge resulting from the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement. (2) Free cash flow is defined as adjusted operating profit less integration and restructuring expenses, PP&E expenditures and interest expense and is not a term defined under Canadian GAAP. (3) Original 2007 Cable revenue guidance was revised to reflect the reclassification from revenue to cost of sales of approximately $100 million of intercompany wireless equipment subsidies received by Rogers Retail. This reclassification had no impact on reported consolidated revenue, consolidated operating profit or Cable operating profit. (4) Excludes operating losses and PP&E expenditures related to the Inukshuk fixed wireless initiative of $31 million and $15 million, in 2007, respectively. (5) Excludes PP&E expenditures related to the acquisition of Call-Net of $11 million in 2007. (6) Wireless subscriber net additions exclude adjustments associated with the Time Division Multiple Access (“TDMA”) and analog network decommissioning and the revision of certain aspects of subscriber reporting for data-only subscribers. (7) Residential cable RGUs are comprised of basic cable subscribers, digital cable households, residential high-speed Internet subscribers and residential cable and circuit-switched telephony subscribers. Our actual 2007 revenue and adjusted operating profit compared favourably to our annual 2007 guidance, largely reflecting strong performances across each of our three segments, including strong average revenue per user (“ARPU”) growth in Wireless, higher than expected net additions to our Wireless subscriber base and strong additions to Cable’s RGUs. PP&E additions exceeded our guidance partially in order to support the higher than expected level of sub- scriber growth as well as investments in future growth initiatives. Stock-based Compensation Expense On May 28, 2007, our employee stock option plans were amended to attach cash settled share appreciation rights (“SARs”) to all new and previously granted options. The SAR feature allows the option holder to elect to receive in cash an amount equal to the intrinsic value, being the excess market price of the Class B Non-Voting share over the exercise price of the option, instead of exercising the option and acquiring Class B Non-Voting shares. All outstand- ing stock options are now classified as liabilities and are carried at their intrinsic value, as adjusted for vesting, measured as the differ- ence between the current stock price and the option exercise price. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 23 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The intrinsic value of the liability is marked-to-market each period and is amortized to expense over the period in which the related services are rendered, which is usually the graded vesting period, or, as applicable, over the period to the date an employee is eligible to retire, whichever is shorter. As a result of this amendment, we recorded a liability of $502 million, a one-time non-cash charge of $452 million to revalue the outstanding options at May 28, 2007, and a $50 million decrease in contributed surplus. This charge was partially offset by a future income tax recovery of $160 million, which was recorded as a result of the amendment. Previously, all stock options were classified as equity and were mea- sured at the estimated fair value established by the Black-Scholes or binomial models on the date of grant. Under this method, the estimated fair value was amortized to expense over the period in which the related services were rendered, which was generally the vesting period or, as applicable, over the period to the date an employee was eligible to retire, whichever was shorter. Subsequent to May 28, 2007, the liability for stock-based compensation expense is recorded based on the intrinsic value of the options, as described above, and the expense is impacted by the change in the price of our Class B Non-Voting shares during the life of the option. At December 31, 2007, we have a liability of $493 million related to stock-based compensation recorded at its intrinsic value, includ- ing stock options, restricted share units and deferred share units. In the year ended December 31, 2007, $78 million was paid to option holders upon exercise of options using the SAR feature (2006 – not applicable). A summary of stock-based compensation expense is as follows: (In millions of dollars) Wireless Cable Media Corporate Stock-based Compensation Expense Included in Operating, General and Administrative Expenses Years ended December 31, 2007 2006 One-time Non-cash Charge Upon Adoption on May 28, 2007 $ 46 $ 113 84 209 11 $ 11 10 30 $ 452 $ 62 $ 15 11 5 18 49 Reconciliation of Net Income to Operating Profit and Adjusted Operating Profit for the Period The items listed below represent the consolidated income and expense amounts that are required to reconcile net income as defined under Canadian GAAP to the non-GAAP measures oper- ating profit and adjusted operating profit for the year. See the “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” section for a full reconciliation to adjusted operating profit, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share. For details of these amounts on a segment-by-segment basis and for an understand- ing of intersegment eliminations on consolidation, the following section should be read in conjunction with Note 3 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements entitled “Segmented Information”. Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) Net income Income tax expense Other expense (income) Change in the fair value of derivative instruments Loss on repayment of long-term debt Foreign exchange gain Interest on long-term debt Operating income Depreciation and amortization Operating profit Stock option plan amendment Stock-based compensation expense Integration and restructuring expenses Contract renegotiation fee Adjusted operating profit 24 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 2007 2006 % Chg $ 637 $ 249 4 34 47 (54) 579 622 56 (10) 4 1 (2) 620 1,496 1,603 3,099 452 62 38 52 1,291 1,584 2,875 – 49 18 – $ 3,703 $ 2,942 2 n/m n/m n/m n/m n/m (7) 16 1 8 n/m 27 111 n/m 26 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Net Income and Net Income per Share Income Tax Expense We recorded net income of $637 million in 2007, or basic net income per share of $1.00 (diluted – $0.99), compared to net income of $622 million, or basic net income per share of $0.99 (diluted – $0.97) for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase in net income was primarily due to the growth in operating income, as well as the decrease in interest on long-term debt, offset by the one-time non-cash charge related to the introduction of a cash settle- ment feature for employee stock options of $452 million. Due to our non-capital loss carryforwards, our income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 substantially rep- resents non-cash income taxes. As illustrated in the table below, our effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was 28.1% and 8.3%, respectively. The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2007 was less than the 2007 statutory income tax rate of 35.2% primarily due to ben- efits realized from changes to prior year income tax filing positions as well as a $25 million future income tax recovery recorded with respect to the Vidéotron termination payment to reverse a charge recorded by us in 2006 (see Note 7 of our 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements). In addition, we recorded a future income tax recovery associated with the reclassification of contributed surplus upon the introduction of a cash settlement feature for employee stock options (see the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”). The 2006 effective income tax rate was less than the 2006 statutory rate of 35.8% due primarily to a decrease in the valu- ation allowance recorded in respect of non-capital losses. Income tax expense varies from the amounts that would be com- puted by applying the statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes for the following reasons: CONSOLIDATED ADJUSTED NET INCOME (In millions of dollars) $47 $684 $1,066 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) Statutory income tax rate 2007 2006 35.2% 35.8% $ $ 886 $ 312 $ (12) (20) (25) 47 (17) (36) $ 249 $ 678 243 (12) (168) 25 (14) 15 (33) 56 28.1% 8.3% Income before income taxes Computed income tax expense Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: Difference between rates applicable to subsidiaries in other jurisdictions Change in the valuation allowance for future income tax assets Videotron termination payment Adjustments to future income tax assets and liabilities for changes in substantively enacted income tax rates Stock-based compensation Benefits realized from changes to prior year income tax filing positions and other adjustments Income tax expense Effective income tax rate Other Expense (Income) In 2007, investment income received from certain of our invest- ments was offset by a writedown to reflect what was deemed to be an “other than temporary decline” in the value of an investment, and certain other writedowns, resulting in a net expense of $4 mil- lion. Other income of $10 million in 2006 was primarily associated with investment income received from certain of our investments. Change in Fair Value of Derivative Instruments In 2007, the change in fair value of the derivative instruments was primarily the result of the changes in fair value of cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and forward contracts not accounted for as hedges. In 2006, the changes in fair value of the derivative instruments were primarily the result of the changes in the Canadian dollar relative to that of the U.S. dollar, as described below, and the resulting change in fair value of our cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements not accounted for as hedges. Loss on Repayment of Long-Term Debt During 2007, we redeemed Wireless’ US$155 million 9.75% Senior Debentures due 2016 and Wireless’ US$550 million Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2010. These redemptions resulted in a loss on repayment of long-term debt of $47 million, including aggregate redemption premiums of $59 million offset by a write-off of the fair value increment arising from purchase accounting of $12 million. During 2006, we redeemed $25 million (US$22 million) of RCI’s (via Rogers Telecom Holdings Inc., formerly Call-Net) 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2008, resulting in a loss on repayment of long- term debt of $1 million. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 25 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Foreign Exchange Gain Adjusted Operating Profit During 2007, the Canadian dollar strengthened by 17.72 cents result- ing in a foreign exchange gain of $54 million from the translation of the portion of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt that was unhedged for accounting purposes. During 2006, the foreign exchange gain of $2 million arose primarily from the strengthening of the Canadian dollar during 2006 from $1.1659 at December 31, 2005 to $1.1653 at December 31, 2006, favourably affecting the trans- lation of the unhedged portion of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt. Interest on Long-Term Debt The decrease in interest expense from 2006 is primarily due to the repayment of long-term debt in 2007, including the impact of the settlement of certain of our cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. The decrease in debt was largely the result of the February 2007 repayment at maturity of Cable’s $450 million 7.60% Senior Notes due 2007, the May 2007 redemption of Wireless’ US$550 million Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2010 and the June 2007 redemp- tion of Wireless’ US$155 million 9.75% Senior Debentures due 2016. These repayments were partially offset by the $1,080 million net increase in bank debt at December 31, 2007, compared to December 31, 2006. Operating Income The 16% increase in our operating income is primarily due to the growth in revenue of $1,285 million exceeding the growth in oper- ating expenses of $1,061 million, and the increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $19 million compared to 2006. Depreciation and Amortization Expense The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2007, over 2006 reflects an increase in depreci- ation and amortization related to PP&E. This was partially offset by a decrease in amortization of intangible assets resulting from the reduction in the carrying value of certain intangible assets due to the reduction in the valuation allowance recorded in 2006 related to future income tax assets acquired as part of business acquisitions in prior periods. Wireless, Cable and Media all contributed to the increase in adjusted operating profit. Refer to the individual segment discus- sions for details of the respective increases in adjusted operating profit. Adjusted operating profit increased to $3,703 million in 2007, com- pared to $2,942 million in 2006. Adjusted operating profit excludes: (i) the impact of a $452 million one-time non-cash charge related to the introduction of a cash settlement feature for stock options during 2007; (ii) stock-based compensation expense of $62 million in 2007 and $49 million in 2006; (iii) integration and restructuring expenses of $38 million in 2007 and $18 million in 2006; and (iv) the impact of a one-time charge of $52 million resulting from the rene- gotiation of an Internet-related services agreement in 2007. For details on the determination of adjusted operating profit, which is a non-GAAP measure, see the “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” and the “Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” sections. Employees Employee remuneration represents a material portion of our expenses. At December 31, 2007, we had approximately 24,400 full-time equivalent employees (“FTEs”) across all of our operating groups, including our shared services organization and corporate office, representing an increase of approximately 1,900 from the level at December 31, 2006. The increase is primarily due to an increase in our shared services staffing, partially offset by reduc- tions associated with operational efficiencies. Total remuneration paid to employees (both full and part-time) in 2007 was approxi- mately $1,579 million, an increase of approximately $117 million from $1,462 million in 2006. 20 08 FINANCIAL AND OPER ATING GUIDANCE The following table outlines our financial and operational guid- ance for the full year 2008, which was publicly issued on January 7, 2008. Certain of the measures included below are not defined under Canadian GAAP. See the sections entitled “Key Performance Indica- tors and non-GAAP Measures” and “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” for further details. This information is forward-looking and should be read in conjunction with the section above entitled “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements, Risks and Assumptions”. 26 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Millions of dollars, except subscribers) Consolidated Revenue (1) Adjusted operating profit (2) Additions to PP&E Free cash flow (3) Supplementary Detail: Revenue Wireless (network revenue) Cable Operations (4) Media Adjusted operating profit (2) Wireless (5) Cable Operations (4) Media (6) Additions to PP&E (7) Wireless Cable Operations (4) Media Net subscriber additions (000s) Retail wireless postpaid and prepaid Residential cable revenue generating units (RGUs) (8) 2008 Range 2007 Actual $ 11,200 to $ 11,500 $ 10,123 3,703 1,796 1,290 4,000 to 1,900 to 1,400 to 4,200 2,100 1,600 $ $ $ 5,800 to $ 2,900 to 1,525 to 5,900 $ 2,950 1,575 5,154 2,603 1,317 2,875 to $ 1,130 to 165 to 2,975 $ 1,190 180 2,620 1,008 176 850 to $ 750 to 80 to 925 $ 830 95 550 to 550 to 625 625 807 705 77 651 655 (1) In addition to Wireless network, Cable Operations and Media revenue, includes revenue from Wireless equipment, RBS, Rogers Retail and Corporate items and eliminations. (2) Excludes stock-based compensation expense, integration and restructuring related expenditures, and, in 2007, the impact of a one-time charge resulting from the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement. (3) Free cash flow is defined as adjusted operating profit less integration and restructuring expenses, PP&E expenditures and interest expense and is not a term defined under Canadian GAAP. (4) Includes cable television, residential high-speed Internet and residential telephony activities; excludes RBS and Rogers Retail. (5) Excludes operating losses related to the Inukshuk fixed wireless initiative estimated at $25–$30 million in 2008 and of $31 million in 2007. (6) Includes losses from Sports Entertainment estimated at $20–$25 million in 2008 and of $17 million in 2007. (7) Excludes PP&E expenditures related to integration activities and the Inukshuk fixed wireless initiative of $5 million and $15 million, respectively, in 2007. (8) Residential cable RGUs are comprised of basic cable subscribers, digital cable households, residential high-speed Internet subscribers and residential cable and circuit-switched telephony subscribers. 2. SEGMENT REVIEW W I R E L ESS WIRELESS B USINESS Wireless is the largest Canadian wireless communications service provider, serving 7.3 million retail voice and data subscribers at December 31, 2007, representing approximately 37% of Canadian wireless subscribers. Wireless operates a GSM/General Packet Radio Service (“GSM/GPRS”) network, with Enhanced Data for GSM Evolution (“EDGE”) technology. Wireless is Canada’s only national carrier operating on the world standard GSM technology platform. The GSM network provides coverage to approximately 94% of Canada’s population. Wireless has also deployed a next generation wireless data technology called UMTS/HSPA (“Universal Mobile Telephone System/High-Speed Packet Access”) across most of the major markets in Canada and have UMTS/HSPA roaming in 50 countries as well as access to these services across the U.S. through 2007 WIRELESS NETWORK REVENUE MIX (%) Postpaid 95% Prepaid 5% roaming agreements with various wireless operators. Its subscribers also have access to wireless voice service internationally in 202 countries and wireless data service internationally in 138 coun- tries, including throughout Europe, Asia, Latin America and Africa through roaming agreements with other GSM wireless providers. Wireless Products and Services Wireless offers wireless voice, data and messaging services across Canada. Wireless voice services are available in either postpaid or prepaid payment options. In addition, the network provides cus- tomers with advanced high-speed wireless data services, including mobile access to the Internet, wireless e-mail, digital picture and video transmission, mobile video, music downloading, video calling and two-way short messaging service (“SMS”). Wireless Distribution Wireless markets its products and services under both the Rogers Wireless and Fido brands through an extensive nationwide distri- bution network of over 13,250 dealer and retail locations across Canada (excluding Rogers Retail locations, which is a segment of Cable), which includes approximately 3,250 locations selling subscriptions to service plans, handsets and prepaid cards and approximately 10,000 additional locations selling prepaid cards. Wireless’ nationwide distribution network includes: an inde- pendent dealer network; Rogers Wireless and Fido stores which, effective January 2007, are managed by Rogers Retail; major retail chains; and convenience stores. Wireless also offers many of its products and services through telemarketing and through a retail ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 27 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS agreement with Rogers Retail, as well as on the Rogers.com and Fido e-business websites. The information contained in or connected to our websites is not a part of and not incorporated into this MD&A. • Delivering on customer expectations by improving handset reli- ability, network quality and customer service while reducing subscriber deactivations, or churn; Wireless Networks Wireless is a facilities-based carrier operating its wireless net- works over a broad, national coverage area, much of which is interconnected by its own fibre-optic and microwave transmission infrastructure. The seamless, integrated nature of its networks enables subscribers to make and receive calls and to activate net- work features anywhere in Wireless’ coverage area and in the coverage area of roaming partners as easily as if they were in their home area. Wireless operates a digital wireless GSM network in the 1900 mega- hertz (“MHz”) and 850 MHz frequency bands across its national footprint. Prior to 2002, the company operated on analog and TDMA cellular networks, which were decommissioned during 2007. The GSM network, which operates seamlessly between the two frequencies, provides integrated voice and high-speed packet data transmission service capabilities and utilizes GPRS and EDGE tech- nologies for wireless data transmission. During 2007, Wireless deployed UMTS/HSPA technology, the next phase of the evolution of the GSM/EDGE platform, which delivers high mobility, high bandwidth wireless access for voice and data services across major urban centres. Wireless holds 25 MHz of contiguous spectrum across Canada in the 850 frequency range and 60 MHz in the 1900 frequency range across the country, with the exception of southwestern Ontario, northern Québec, and the Yukon, Northwest and Nunavut territories, where Wireless holds 50 MHz in the 1900 frequency range. Wireless also holds certain broadband fixed wireless spectrum in the 2300 MHz, 2500 MHz and 3500 MHz frequency ranges. In September 2005, Wireless, together with Bell Canada, announced the formation of an equally-owned joint venture called Inukshuk to construct a pan-Canadian wireless broadband network that will be based on the evolving World Interoperability for Microwave Access (“WiMAX”) standards. Both companies have contributed fixed wireless spectrum holdings to the joint venture, along with access to their respective cellular towers and network backhaul facilities. The fixed wireless network acts as a wholesale provider of capacity to each of the joint venture partners, who in turn mar- ket, sell, support and bill for their respective service offerings over the network. WIRELESS S TR ATEGY Wireless’ goal is to drive profitable subscriber and revenue growth within the Canadian wireless communications industry, and its strategy is designed to maximize cash flow and return on invested capital. The key elements of its strategy are as follows: • Enhancing its scale and competitive position in the Canadian wireless communications market; • Focusing on voice and data services that are attractive to youth, families, and small and medium-sized businesses to optimize its customer mix; 28 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT • Increasing revenue from existing customers by utilizing analytical tools to target customers likely to purchase optional services such as voicemail, caller line ID, text messaging and wireless data services; • Enhancing sales distribution channels to increase focus on tar- geted customer segments; • Maintaining the most technologically advanced, high quality and pervasive wireless network possible; and • Leveraging relationships across the Rogers group of companies to provide bundled product and service offerings at attractive prices, in addition to implementing cross-selling, joint sales distribution initiatives and infrastructure sharing initiatives. WIRELESS POSTPAID MONTHLY ARPU ($) WIRELESS POSTPAID MONTHLY CHURN (%) $63.56 $67.27 $72.21 1.61% 1.32% 1.15% 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 RECENT WIRELESS INDUSTRY TRENDS Focus on Customer Retention The wireless communications industry’s current market penetra- tion in Canada is estimated to be 61% of the population, compared to approximately 84% in the U.S. and approximately 121% in the United Kingdom, and Wireless expects the Canadian wireless indus- try to continue to grow by approximately 4 to 5 percentage points of penetration each year for the next several years. This deeper penetration drives a need for increased focus on customer satisfac- tion, the promotion of new data and voice services and features and customer retention. Demand for Sophisticated Data Applications The ongoing development of wireless data transmission technolo- gies has led developers of wireless devices, such as handsets and other hand-held devices, to develop more sophisticated wireless devices with increasingly advanced capabilities, including access to e-mail and other corporate information technology platforms, news, sports, financial information and services, shopping services, photos, music, and streaming video clips, mobile television and other functions. Wireless believes that the introduction of such new applications will drive the growth for data transmission services. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Migration to Next Generation Wireless Technology The ongoing development of wireless data transmission technolo- gies and the increased demand for sophisticated wireless services, especially data communications services, have led wireless provid- ers to migrate towards the next generation of digital voice and data broadband wireless networks. These networks are intended to provide wireless communications with wireline quality sound, far higher data transmission speeds and streaming video capabili- ties. These networks support a variety of increasingly advanced data applications, including broadband Internet access, multi media services and seamless access to corporate information systems, including desktop, client and server-based applications that can be accessed on a local, national or international basis. Development of Additional Technologies In addition to the two main technology paths of the mobile/ broadband wireless industry, namely GSM/HSPA and Code Division Multiple Access/Evolution Data Optimized (“CDMA/EVDO”), three other significant broadband wireless technologies are in the pro- cess of development: WiFi, WiMAX and Long-term Evolution (“LTE”). These technologies may accelerate the widespread adop- tion of digital voice and data networks. WiFi (the IEEE 802.11 industry standard) allows suitably equipped devices, such as laptop computers and personal digital assistants, to connect to a local area wireless access point. These access points utilize unlicenced spectrum and the wireless connection is only effective within a local area radius of approximately 50–100 meters of the access point, and provide speeds similar to a wired local area network (“LAN”) environment (most recently the version designated as 802.11n). As the technology is primarily designed for in-building wireless access, many access points must be deployed to cover the selected local geographic area, and must also be inter- connected with a broadband network to supply the connectivity to the Internet. Future enhancements to the range of WiFi service and the networking of WiFi access points may provide additional opportunities for wireless operators or municipal WiFi network operators, each providing capacity and coverage under the appro- priate circumstances. WiMAX (the IEEE 802.16e standard) is a relatively new fourth generation (“4G”) technology that is being developed to enable broadband wireless services over a wide area at a cost point to enable mass market adoption. By contrast with WiFi, WiMAX is a cellular-like technology that operates in defined, licenced frequency bands and is thereby not hampered by interference from other applications and services using the same frequencies. The tech- nology is designed to provide similar coverage and capabilities to traditional cellular networks (depending upon the amount of spec- trum allocated and available). There are two main applications of WiMAX today: fixed (point-to-point) applications for backhaul and point-to-multipoint broadband access to homes and businesses. WiMAX is currently an early stage technology with capabilities that have yet to match existing cellular technologies. LTE is the GSM community’s 4G broadband wireless technology evolution path, which is currently in development. LTE is an all IP-based technology based on a new modulation scheme (“OFDM”) that is specifically designed to improve efficiency, lower costs, improve and expand the range of voice and data services available via mobile broadband wireless networks, make use of new spec- trum allocations, and better integrate with other open technology standards. As a 4G technology, LTE is designed to build on and evolve the capabilities inherent in UMTS/HSPA, which is the world standard for mobile broadband wireless. LTE is fully backwards compatible with UMTS/HSPA. LTE is designed to provide seamless voice and broadband data capabilities and data rates of at least 100Mbps (or greater, dependent upon spectrum availability). WIRELESS O PER ATING AND F INANCIAL R ESULTS For purposes of this discussion, revenue has been classified accord- ing to the following categories: • Network revenue, which includes revenue derived from: • postpaid (voice and data), which consists of revenues gener- ated principally from monthly fees, airtime and long-distance charges, optional service charges, system access fees and roam- ing charges; • prepaid (voice and data), which consists of revenues generated principally from airtime, usage and long-distance charges; and • one-way messaging, which consists of revenues generated from monthly fees and usage charges. • Equipment sales, which consist of revenue generated from the sale of hardware and accessories to independent dealers, agents and retailers, and directly to subscribers through direct fulfillment by Wireless’ customer service groups, websites and telesales, net of subsidies. Operating expenses are segregated into the following categories for assessing business performance: • Cost of equipment sales, representing costs related to equipment revenue; • Sales and marketing expenses, consisting of costs to acquire new subscribers, such as advertising, commissions paid to third par- ties for new activations, remuneration and benefits to sales and marketing employees as well as direct overheads related to these activities; and • Operating, general and administrative expenses, consisting pri- marily of network operating expenses, customer care expenses, retention costs, including residual commissions paid to distribu- tion channels, Industry Canada licencing fees associated with spectrum utilization, inter-carrier payments to roaming partners and long-distance carriers, CRTC contribution levy and all other expenses incurred to operate the business on a day-to-day basis. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 29 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Summarized Wireless Financial Results Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, except margin) Operating revenue Postpaid Prepaid One-way messaging Network revenue Equipment sales Total operating revenue Operating expenses before the undernoted Cost of equipment sales Sales and marketing expenses Operating, general and administrative expenses Adjusted operating profit (1)(2) Stock option plan amendment (3) Stock-based compensation expense (3) Integration expenses (4) Operating profit (1) 2007 2006 % Chg $ 4,868 $ 273 13 5,154 349 4,084 214 15 4,313 267 5,503 4,580 703 653 1,558 628 604 1,361 2,914 2,593 2,589 (46) (11) – 1,987 – (15) (3) $ 2,532 $ 1,969 19 28 (13) 19 31 20 12 8 14 12 30 n/m (27) n/m 29 Adjusted operating profit margin as % of network revenue (1) Additions to PP&E (1) 50.2% 46.1% $ 822 $ 684 20 (1) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” and the “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” sections. (2) Adjusted operating profit includes a loss of $31 million and $25 million related to the Inukshuk wireless broadband initiative for 2007 and 2006, respectively. (3) See the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. (4) Costs incurred related to the integration of Fido. Wireless Operating Highlights for the Year Ended December 31, 2007 • Network revenue increased by 19% to $5,154 million in 2007 from $4,313 million in 2006. • Strong subscriber growth continued in 2007, with net postpaid additions of 581,000 and net prepaid additions of 70,000. • Postpaid subscriber monthly churn was 1.15%, compared to 1.32% in 2006. • Postpaid monthly average revenue per user (“ARPU”) increased 7% from 2006 to $72.21, aided by strong increases in wireless data revenue. • Revenues from wireless data services grew approximately 49% year-over-year to $683 million in 2007 from $459 million in 2006, and represented approximately 13.3% of network revenue com- pared to 10.6% in 2006. • Wireless’ adjusted operating profit margin increased to 50.2% in 2007, compared to 46.1% in 2006. • Wireless launched the Rogers Vision suite of services on Wireless’ new HSPA 3G wireless network, the fastest wireless network in Canada, including the first wireless video calling service in North America. This powerful 3G technology significantly improves data download speeds on wireless devices, providing a user experience similar to broadband high-speed wireline services. • Wireless decommissioned its TDMA and analog wireless networks effective May 31, 2007 and moved the remaining customers on these networks onto its more advanced GSM network. • The Fido wireless brand was recognized by J.D. Power and Associates as being the number one rated Canadian wireless carrier for postpaid wireless service customer satisfaction. This independently conducted research determined that Fido out- ranked all six of the other Canadian wireless brands in terms of customer perceptions of billing, call quality, cost of service, cus- tomer service and service plan options. Fido also earned the top score in the wireless retailer category. 30 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Summarized Wireless Subscriber Results Years ended December 31, (Subscriber statistics in thousands, except ARPU, churn and usage) Postpaid Gross additions Net additions Adjustment to postpaid subscriber base (1) Total postpaid retail subscribers Average monthly revenue per user (“ARPU”) (2) Average monthly usage (minutes) Monthly churn (1) Prepaid Gross additions Net additions Adjustment to prepaid subscriber base (1) Total prepaid retail subscribers ARPU (2) Monthly churn (1) 2007 2006 Chg 1,352 581 (65) 5,914 72.21 $ 573 1.15% 1,375 580 – 5,398 67.27 $ 545 1.32% (23) 1 (65) 516 4.94 28 (0.17%) 635 70 (26) 1,424 16.46 $ 3.42% 615 30 – 1,380 13.49 $ 3.70% 20 40 (26) 44 2.97 (0.28%) $ $ (1) During 2007, Wireless decommissioned its TDMA and analog networks and simultaneously revised certain aspects of its subscriber reporting for data-only subscribers. The deactivation of the remaining TDMA subscribers and the change in subscriber reporting resulted in the removal of approximately 65,000 subscribers from Wireless’ postpaid subscriber base and the removal of approximately 26,000 subscribers from Wireless’ prepaid subscriber base. These adjustments are not included in the determination of postpaid or prepaid monthly churn. (2) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” section. As calculated in the “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” section. WIRELESS POSTPAID AND PREPAID SUBSCRIBERS (In thousands) 4,818 1,350 5,398 1,380 5,914 1,424 2005 2006 2007 Postpaid Prepaid Wireless Network Revenue The increase in network rev- enue in 2007 compared to 2006 was driven by the continued growth of Wireless’ postpaid subscriber base and improve- ments in postpaid ARPU. The year-over-year increase in post- paid ARPU reflects the impact of higher data revenue, as well as increased long-distance, add-on features and roaming revenue. Wireless has experienced growth in roaming revenues from sub- scribers using services outside of Canada as well as strong growth in inbound roaming revenues from visitors to Canada who uti- lize Wireless’ network. Prepaid revenue increased as a result of improved ARPU and a larger subscriber base. The year-over-year improvement in ARPU is a result of increased data usage and more attractive prepaid offer- ings, including unlimited evening and weekend plans. Wireless’ success in the continued reduction in postpaid churn reflects proactive and targeted customer retention activities, the commitment to customer care and improvements in network cov- erage and quality. Prepaid churn has improved during 2007 due to changes in offerings and investments in retention programs. During 2007, wireless data revenue increased by 49% over 2006 to $683 million. This increase in data revenue reflects the contin- ued growth of text and multimedia messaging services, wireless Internet access, BlackBerry devices, downloadable ring tones, music and games, and other wireless data services and applications. In 2007, data revenue represented approximately 13.2% of total network revenue, compared to 10.6% in 2006. WIRELESS NETWORK REVENUE (In millions of dollars) WIRELESS DATA REVENUE (In millions of dollars) $3,614 $4,313 $5,154 $297 $459 $683 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 Wireless Equipment Sales The year-over-year increase in revenue from equipment sales, including activation fees and net of equipment subsidies, reflects an increased volume of handset upgrades associated with the growing subscriber base. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 31 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Wireless Operating Expenses Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, except per subscriber statistics) Operating expenses Cost of equipment sales Sales and marketing expenses Operating, general and administrative expenses Operating expenses before the undernoted Stock option plan amendment (1) Stock-based compensation expense (1) Integration expenses (2) Total operating expenses Average monthly operating expense per subscriber before sales and marketing expenses (3) Sales and marketing costs per gross subscriber addition (3) 2007 2006 % Chg $ 703 $ 653 1,558 2,914 46 11 – 628 604 1,361 2,593 – 15 3 $ 2,971 $ 2,611 $ $ 20.61 $ 401 $ 19.48 399 12 8 14 12 n/m (27) n/m 14 6 1 (1) See the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. (2) Costs incurred related to the integration of Fido. (3) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicator and Non-GAAP Measures” section. As calculated in the “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” section. Average monthly operating expense per subscriber before sales and marketing expenses excludes the one-time non-cash expense related to the introduction of a cash settlement feature for stock options, stock-based compensation expense and integration expenses. Cost of equipment sales increased in 2007, compared to 2006, pri- marily as a result of retention activity, hardware upgrades and the increased average cost of handsets. The year-over-year increase in sales and marketing expenses was directly related to Wireless’ largely successful sales and marketing efforts targeted at acquiring high value postpaid voice and data customers as well as the continuation of Wireless’ “Most Reliable Network” campaign and the introduction of new services and devices. Growth in the Wireless subscriber base drove increases in operat- ing, general and administrative expenses in 2007, compared to 2006. These increases were reflected in higher customer retention spending, costs to support increased usage of data and roaming services, and increases in network operating expenses to accommo- date the larger subscriber base. Customer care costs also increased as a result of the launch of Wireless Number Portability (“WNP”) in March 2007, the decommissioning of the TDMA network in May 2007, and the complexity of supporting more sophisticated services and devices. These costs were partially offset by savings related to operating and scale efficiencies across various functions. Total retention spending, including subsidies on handset upgrades, has increased to $403 million in 2007, compared to $321 million in 2006 due to a larger subscriber base, which drove higher volumes of handset upgrades, as well as the introduction of WNP in March 2007. Retention spending also increased due to the transition of customers to Wireless’ more advanced GSM service from the older generation TDMA and analog networks, which were decom- missioned in May 2007. WIRELESS ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT (In millions of dollars) $1,409 $1,987 $2,589 Wireless Adjusted Operating Profit The s trong year- over-year grow th in adjusted operat- ing profit was due to the significant growth in network revenue. As a result, Wireless’ adjusted operating profit mar- gin increased to 50.2% in 2007, compared to 46.1% in 2006. Wireless Additions to PP&E Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) Additions to PP&E Network – capacity Network – other HSPA Information and technology and other Inukshuk Total additions to PP&E 32 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 2007 2006 % Chg $ 169 $ 175 316 147 15 159 89 264 112 60 $ 822 $ 684 6 97 20 31 (75) 20 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Additions to Wireless PP&E reflect spending on GSM network capac- ity, such as channel additions and network enhancing features. HSPA additions to PP&E were mainly for the continued roll-out to the top 25 markets across Canada and the commencement of the upgrade to faster network throughput speeds. Other network related additions accounted for the primary increase in expenditures from the prior year. These included national site build activities, additional spending on test and monitoring equipment, sectoriza- tion, operating support system activities and new product platforms and services. Other additions to PP&E reflect information technol- ogy initiatives, such as billing and back office system upgrades and other facilities and equipment spending. The decrease in expen- ditures relating to the Inukshuk wireless broadband initiative is a result of a majority of the costs being incurred in 2006 for the initial deployment of infrastructure in the largest Canadian markets. 2007 WIRELESS ADDITIONS TO PP&E (%) HSPA 38% Network 42% the market within its traditional cable television footprint, where it is able to provision and serve customers with voice and data tele- phony services provisioned over its own infrastructure. The Rogers Retail segment operates a retail distribution chain that offers Rogers branded home entertainment and wireless products and services. There were 465 stores at December 31, 2007, including approximately 170 stores acquired in January 2007 from Wireless, many of which provide customers with the ability to purchase any of Rogers’ primary services (cable television, Internet, cable tele- phony and wireless), to pay their Rogers bills, and to pick up or return Rogers digital and Internet equipment. It also offers digital video disc (“DVD”) and video game sales and rentals through Canada’s second largest chain of video rental stores. Beginning in 2007, the Cable and Internet and Rogers Home Phone segments were combined into one segment, known as Cable Operations, to better align with revised management and internal reporting structures. Comparative figures have been reclassified to reflect this new segmented reporting. 2007 CABLE REVENUE MIX (%) Other 18% Inukshuk 2% Core Cable 43% Internet 17% The additions to PP&E for 2006 reflect spending on Wireless’ UMTS/ HSPA deployment as well as GSM/GPRS network capacity and quality enhancements. Other additions include technical upgrade projects, including new cell sites, operational support systems and the addition of new services. C A B L E C ABLE’S BUSINESS Cable is one of Canada’s largest providers of cable television, cable telephony and high-speed Internet access, and is also a facilities- based telecommunications alternative to the traditional telephone companies. Its business consists of the following three segments: The Cable Operations segment has 2.3 million basic cable subscrib- ers at December 31, 2007, representing approximately 30% of basic cable subscribers in Canada. At December 31, 2007, it provided digital cable services to approximately 1.4 million households and high-speed Internet service to approximately 1.5 million residential subscribers. Through Rogers Home Phone, it offers local telephone and long-distance services to residential customers with both voice-over-cable and circuit-switched technologies and had almost 1.0 million subscriber lines at December 31, 2007. The RBS segment offers local and long-distance telephone, enhanced voice and data services, and IP access to Canadian busi- nesses and governments, as well as making some of these offerings available on a wholesale basis to other telecommunications provid- ers. At December 31, 2007, there were 237,000 local line equivalents and 35,000 broadband data circuits. Cable is increasingly focusing its business segment sales efforts on the smaller business portion of Home Phone 13% Business Solutions 16% Retail 11% Cable’s Products and Services Cable has highly-clustered and technologically advanced broad- band networks in Ontario, New Brunswick and Newfoundland and Labrador. Its Ontario cable systems, which comprise approximately 90% of its 2.3 million basic cable subscribers, are concentrated in and around three principal clusters: (i) the Greater Toronto Area, Canada’s largest metropolitan centre; (ii) Ottawa, the national capital city of Canada, and (iii) the Guelph to London corridor in southwestern Ontario. The New Brunswick and Newfoundland and Labrador cable systems in Atlantic Canada comprise the balance of its cable systems and subscribers. Through its technologically advanced broadband networks, Cable offers a diverse range of services, including analog and digital cable, residential Internet services and voice-over-cable telephony services. As at December 31, 2007, more than 86% of Cable’s overall network and 99% of its network in Ontario has been upgraded to transmit 860 MHz of bandwidth. With approximately 99% of Cable’s net- work offering digital cable services, it has a richly featured and highly-competitive video offering, which includes high-definition television (“HDTV”), video-on-demand (“VOD”), subscription video-on-demand (“SVOD”), personal video recorders (“PVR”), time-shifted programming, pay-per-view (“PPV”) movies and events, as well as a significant line-up of digital specialty, multicul- tural and sports programming. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 33 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Cable’s Internet services are available to over 97% of homes passed by its network. Cable offers multiple tiers of Internet services, which are differentiated principally by bandwidth capabilities and the number of available e-mail addresses. Cable’s voice-over-cable telephony services were introduced in July 2005 and have grown both in the number of subscribers and in the size of the geographic area where the service is available. At December 31, 2007, Cable’s voice-over-cable telephony services were available to approximately 94% of homes passed by its network. Cable offers multi-product bundles at discounted rates, which allow customers to choose from among a range of cable, Internet, voice- over-cable telephony and Wireless products and services, subject to, in most cases, minimum purchase and term commitments. Cable maintains a base of services sold to businesses, government agencies and telecom wholesalers in many markets across Canada. These services are made up of local and long-distance services, enhanced voice and data services, and IP application solutions. These services have historically been primarily based on re-sold access networks. Cable has recently revised its focus away from marketing and selling these off-net services to concentrate more on developing offerings that utilize its own facilities within its tra- ditional cable television serving areas. Cable also offers DVD and video game sales and rentals through Rogers Retail, Canada’s second largest chain of video rental stores. Cable’s Distribution In addition to the Rogers Retail stores, Cable markets its services through an extensive network of third party retail locations across its network footprint. Rogers Retail provides customers with a single direct retail channel featuring all of the wireless and cable products and services. In addition to its own and third party retail locations, Cable markets its services and products through a variety of additional channels, including call centres, outbound telemar- keting, field agents, direct mail, television advertising, its own direct sales force, exclusive and non-exclusive agents, as well as through business associations. Cable also offers products and ser- vices and customer service via our e-business website, rogers.com. The information contained in or connected to our website is not a part of and not incorporated into this MD&A. Cable’s Networks Cable’s networks in Ontario and New Brunswick, with few excep- tions, are interconnected to regional head-ends, where analog and digital channel line-ups are assembled for distribution to customers and Internet traffic is aggregated and routed to and from custom- ers, by inter-city fibre-optic rings. The fibre-optic interconnections allow its multiple Ontario and New Brunswick cable systems to function as a single cable network. Cable’s remaining subscribers in Newfoundland and Labrador, and New Brunswick are served by local head-ends. Cable’s two regional head-ends in Toronto, Ontario and Moncton, New Brunswick provide the source for most television signals used in the cable systems. Cable’s technology architecture is based on a three-tiered structure of primary hubs, optical nodes and co-axial distribution. The primary hubs, located in each region that it serves, are connected by inter- city fibre-optic systems carrying television, Internet, network control and monitoring and administrative traffic. The fibre-optic systems are generally constructed as rings that allow signals to flow in and out of each primary hub, or head-end, through two paths, providing protection from a fibre cut or other disruption. These high-capacity fibre-optic networks deliver high performance and reliability and generally have capacity for future growth in the form of dark fibre and unused optical wavelengths. Approximately 99% of the homes passed by Cable’s network are fed from pri- mary hubs, or head-ends, which on average serve 93,000 homes each. The remaining 1% of the homes passed by the network are in smaller and more rural systems mostly in New Brunswick and Newfoundland and Labrador that are, on average, served by smaller primary hubs. Optical fibre joins the primary hub to the optical nodes in the cable distribution plant. Final distribution to subscriber homes from opti- cal nodes uses co-axial cable with two-way amplifiers to support on-demand television and Internet service. Co-axial cable capacity has been increased repeatedly by introducing more advanced ampli- fier technologies. Cable believes co-axial cable is a cost-effective and widely deployed means of carrying two-way television and broadband Internet services to residential subscribers. Groups of an average of 469 homes are served from each optical node in a cable architecture commonly referred to as fibre-to-the- feeder (“FTTF”). The FTTF plant provides bandwidth up to 860 MHz, which includes 37 MHz of bandwidth used for “upstream” trans- mission from the subscribers’ premises to the primary hub. Cable believes the upstream bandwidth is ample to support multiple cable modem systems, cable telephony, and data traffic from inter- active digital set-top terminals for at least the near-term future. When necessary, additional upstream capacity can be provided by reducing the number of homes served by each optical node, which is referred to as node-splitting. Fibre cable has been placed to per- mit a reduction of the average node size from 469 to 350 homes by installing additional optical transceiver modules and optical trans- mitters and return receivers in the head-ends and primary hubs. Cable believes that the 860 MHz FTTF architecture provides suf- ficient bandwidth to provide for television, data, voice and other future services, extremely high picture quality, advanced two-way capability and network reliability. This architecture also allows for other emerging technologies, such as switched video and MPEG4, and offers the ability to continue to expand service offerings on the existing infrastructure. In addition, Cable’s clustered network of cable systems served by regional head-ends facilitates its ability to rapidly introduce new services to large areas of subscribers. In new construction projects in major urban areas, Cable is now deploying a cable network architecture commonly referred to as fibre-to-the- curb (“FTTC”). This architecture provides improved reliability and reduced maintenance due to fewer active network devices being deployed. FTTC also provides greater capacity for future narrow- cast services. 34 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Cable’s voice-over-cable telephony services are offered over an advanced broadband IP multimedia network layer deployed across the cable service areas. This network platform provides for a scalable primary line quality digital voice-over-cable telephony service utiliz- ing Packet Cable and Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification (“DOCSIS”) standards, including network redundancy as well as multi-hour network and customer premises backup powering. To serve telephony customers on circuit-switched platforms, Cable co-locates its equipment in the switch centres of the incumbent local phone companies (“ILECs”). At December 31, 2007, Cable was active in 179 co-locations in 63 municipalities in five of Canada’s most populous metropolitan areas in and around Vancouver, Calgary, Toronto, Ottawa and Montréal. Many of these co-locations are connected to its local switches by metro area fibre networks (“MANs”). Cable also operates a North American transcontinental fibre-optic network extending over 16,000 route kilometres provid- ing a significant North American geographic footprint connecting Canada’s largest markets while also reaching key U.S. markets for the exchange of data and voice traffic. In Canada, the network extends from Vancouver in the west to Québec City in the east. Cable also acquired various competitive local exchange carrier (“CLEC”) assets of Futureway Communications Inc. (“Futureway”) in the Greater Toronto Area during 2007. The assets include local and regional fibre, transmission electronics and systems, hubs, points of presence (“POPs”), ILEC co-locations and switching infrastructure. Cable’s network extends into the U.S. from Vancouver south to Seattle in the west, from the Manitoba-Minnesota border, through Minneapolis, Milwaukee and Chicago in the mid-west and from Toronto through Buffalo and Montréal through Albany to New York City in the east. Cable has connected its North American network with Europe through international gateway switches in New York City, London, England, and a leased trans-Atlantic fibre facility. Where Cable doesn’t have its own local facilities directly to a busi- ness customer’s premises, Cable provides its local services through a hybrid carrier strategy utilizing unbundled local loops of the ILECs. Cable has deployed its own scalable switching and intelligent services infrastructure while using connections between its co- located equipment and customer premises, provided largely by other carriers. CABLE TOTAL REVENUE (In millions of dollars) $2,925 $3,201 $3,558 2005 Pro Forma 2006 2006 2007 2007 C ABLE’S STR ATEGY Cable seeks to maximize subscribers, revenue, operating profit, and return on invested capital by leveraging its technologically advanced cable network to meet the information, entertainment and communications needs of its subscribers, from basic cable tele- vision to advanced two-way cable services, including digital cable, PPV, VOD, SVOD, PVR and HDTV, Internet access, voice-over-cable telephony service, as well as the expansion of its services into the business telecom and data networking market. The key elements of the strategy are as follows: • Clustering of cable systems in and around metropolitan areas; • Offering a wide selection of products and services; • Maintaining technologically advanced cable networks; • Continuing to focus on increased quality and reliability of ser- vice, and customer satisfaction; • Tailoring services to the changing demographic of the Cable customer base, including expansion of products directly serving several multicultural communities; • Continuing to improve product features, including expanding available TV content, including HDTV and VOD selection, faster tiers of Internet service and new telephony service offerings; • Expanding the availability of high-quality digital primary line voice-over-cable telephony service into most of the markets in its cable service areas; and • Further expanding into the business market by focusing on small businesses connected to the cable network. RECENT C ABLE I NDUSTRY T RENDS Investment in Improved Cable Television Networks and Expanded Service Offerings In recent years, North American cable television companies have made substantial investments in the installation of fibre-optic cable and electronics in their respective networks and in the devel- opment of Internet, digital cable and voice-over-cable telephony services. These investments have enabled cable television compa- nies to offer expanded packages of digital cable television services, including VOD and SVOD, pay television packages, PVR, HDTV pro- gramming, multiple increasingly fast tiers of Internet services, and telephony services. Increased Competition from Alternative Broadcasting Distribution Undertakings As fully described in the Competition section of this MD&A, Canadian cable television systems generally face legal and illegal competition from several alternative multi-channel broadcasting distribution systems. Industry Consolidation and Growth of Facilities-Based Competitors The Canadian telecommunications industry has seen a consoli- dation of players in the wireline industry with the acquisitions in 2004 and 2005 of Group Telecom by Bell Canada, Allstream by MTS and Call-Net by Rogers. Competition remains intense in the long-distance markets with average price per minute continuing to decline year-over-year. Facilities-based competitors in the local telephone market have emerged in the residential and small and medium-sized business markets with the launch of competitive ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 35 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS local telephone service by Canadian cable companies using their own last mile facilities in 2005. Until 2005, competitors to the ILECs made use of resold ILEC facilities and services to provide retail ser- vice in these markets. There has been limited local facilities-based competition in the large enterprise market. Growth of Internet Protocol-Based Services Another development has been the launch of Voice-over-Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) local services by non-facilities-based providers in 2005 and 2006. These companies’ VoIP services are marketed to the subscribers of ILEC, cable and other companies’ high-speed Internet services and the providers include Vonage, Primus, Babytel and others. In the enterprise market, there is a continuing shift to IP-based services, in particular from asynchronous transfer mode (“ATM”) and frame relay (two common data networking technologies) to IP delivered through virtual private networking (“VPN”) services. This transition results in lower costs for both users and carriers. C ABLE O PER ATING AND F INANCIAL R ESULTS For purposes of this discussion, revenue has been classified accord- ing to the following categories: • Cable, which includes revenue derived from: • analog cable service, consisting of basic cable service fees plus extended basic (or tier) service fees, and access fees for use of channel capacity by third and related parties; and • digital cable service revenue, consisting of digital channel ser- vice fees, including premium and specialty service subscription fees, PPV service fees, VOD service fees, and revenue earned on the sale and rental of set-top terminals; • Internet, which includes service revenues from residential Internet access service and modem sale and rental fees; • Rogers Home Phone, which includes revenues from residential local telephony service, long-distance and additional calling features; • RBS, which includes local and long-distance revenues, enhanced voice and data services revenue from business customers, as well as the sale of these offerings on a wholesale basis to other tele- communications providers; and • Rogers Retail, which includes commissions earned while acting as an agent to sell other Rogers’ services, such as wireless, Internet, digital cable and cable telephony, as well as the sale and rental of DVDs and video games and confectionary sales. Operating expenses are segregated into the following categories for assessing business performance: • Sales and marketing expenses, which include sales and retention- related advertising and customer communications as well as other customer acquisition costs, such as sales support and com- missions as well as costs of operating, advertising and promoting the Rogers Retail chain; • Operating, general and administrative expenses, which include all other expenses incurred to operate the business on a day-to- day basis and to service subscriber relationships, including: • the monthly contracted payments for the acquisition of pro- gramming paid directly to the programming suppliers as well as to copyright collectives and the Canadian Programming Production Funds; • Internet interconnectivity and usage charges and the cost of operating Cable’s Internet service; • intercarrier payments for interconnect to the local access and long-distance carriers related to cable and circuit-switched telephony service; • technical service expenses, which includes the costs of operat- ing and maintaining cable networks as well as certain customer service activities, such as installations and repair; • customer care expenses, which include the costs associated with customer order-taking and billing inquiries; • community television expenses, which consist of the costs to operate a series of local community-based television stations in Cable’s licenced systems; • other general and administrative expenses; and • expenses related to the corporate management of the Rogers Retail stores; • Cost of Rogers Retail sales, which is composed of store merchan- dise and depreciation related to the acquisition of DVDs and game rental assets. In the cable industry in Canada, the demand for services, particularly Internet, digital television and cable telephony services, continues to grow and the variable costs associated with this growth, such as commissions for subscriber activations, as well as the fixed costs of acquiring new subscribers are significant. As such, fluctuations in the number of activations of new subscribers from period-to- period result in fluctuations in sales and marketing expenses. 36 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Summarized Cable Financial Results Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, except margin) Operating revenue Cable Operations (3) RBS Rogers Retail Intercompany eliminations Total operating revenue Operating profit (loss) before the undernoted Cable Operations (3) RBS Rogers Retail Adjusted operating profit (4) Stock option plan amendment (5) Stock-based compensation expense (5) Integration and restructuring expenses (6) Contract renegotiation fee (7) Operating profit (4) Adjusted operating profit (loss) margin (4) Cable Operations (3) RBS Rogers Retail Additions to PP&E (4) Cable Operations (3) RBS Rogers Retail Total additions to PP&E 2007 (1) 2006 (2) % Chg 13 (4) 27 125 11 18 (76) n/m 11 n/m – 153 n/m (10) $ 2,603 $ 571 393 2,299 596 310 (9) (4) 3,558 3,201 1,008 12 (4) 1,016 (113) (11) (38) (52) 854 49 13 916 – (11) (15) – $ 802 $ 890 38.7% 2.1% (1.0%) 37.1% 8.2% 4.2% $ 710 $ 83 21 685 98 11 $ 814 $ 794 4 (15) 91 3 (1) The operating results of Futureway are included in Cable’s results of operations from the date of acquisition on June 22, 2007. (2) Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. (3) Cable Operations segment includes Core Cable services, Internet services and Rogers Home Phone services. (4) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” and “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” sections. (5) See the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. (6) Costs incurred related to the integration of the operations of Call-Net, the restructuring of RBS and the closure of 21 Retail stores in the first quarter of 2006. (7) One-time charge resulting from the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement. See the section entitled “Cable Operations Operating Expenses”. OPER ATING HIGHLIGHTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20 07 • Increased subscriber bases by 290,000 cable telephony subscrib- ers, 165,000 high-speed residential Internet subscribers, 219,000 digital cable households and 18,000 basic cable subscribers. • Entered into a renegotiated agreement with Yahoo! Inc. (“Yahoo!”) that will eliminate monthly per subscriber fees and see both companies work jointly on advertising revenue oppor- tunities leveraging Rogers’ high-speed Internet access portal and subscriber base. In connection with this new agreement, we made a one-time payment to Yahoo! in the fourth quarter of 2007 of $52 million, and Cable’s cost of providing its Internet service will be reduced by approximately $25 million per year over the four year term of the new agreement. Rogers’ branding of its Internet service is being transitioned to “Rogers Hi-Speed Internet”, while the on-line portal will continue to be branded as “Rogers Yahoo!”. • Launched three new “triple play” packages which combine digital cable, high-speed Internet and Rogers Home Phone services in discrete packages and with easy to understand price points. These packages range from a basic starter package to a VIP Plus package, with the selection allowing our customers to choose the television, high-speed Internet and Home Phone plan that best meets their needs. • Completed the acquisition of the remaining 80% of the out- standing shares of Futureway that it did not already own and the outstanding stock options. Futureway is a facilities-based pro- vider of telecommunications and high-speed Internet services operating in and around the Greater Toronto Area. • Expanded the availability of its residential telephony service to approximately 94% of homes passed by its cable networks. Total operating revenue increased $357 million or 11%, from 2006, and total adjusted operating profit increased to $1,016 million or by $100 million, an 11% increase from 2006. See the following segment discussions for a detailed discussion of operating results. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 37 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS C ABLE OPER ATIONS Summarized Financial Results Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, except margin) Operating revenue Core Cable Internet Rogers Home Phone Total Cable Operations operating revenue Operating expenses before the undernoted Sales and marketing expenses Operating, general and administrative expenses Adjusted operating profit (2) Stock option plan amendment (3) Stock-based compensation expense (3) Integration expenses (4) Contract renegotiation fee (5) Operating profit (2) Adjusted operating profit margin (2) 2007 2006 (1) % Chg $ 1,540 $ 608 455 1,421 523 355 2,603 2,299 257 1,338 219 1,226 1,595 1,445 1,008 (106) (10) (9) (52) 854 – (11) (8) – $ 831 $ 835 38.7% 37.1% 8 16 28 13 17 9 10 18 n/m (9) 13 n/m (0) Chg 94 5 18 4.02 5 168 1.19 16 374 (2) 219 (28) 290 4 (16) (24) 274 (16) 679 (1) Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. (2) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” and “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” sections. (3) See the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. (4) Costs incurred relate to the integration of the operations of Call-Net. (5) One-time charge resulting from the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement. See the section entitled “Cable Operations Operating Expenses”. Summarized Subscriber Results Years ended December 31, (Subscriber statistics in thousands, except ARPU) Cable homes passed Basic Cable Net additions Total Basic Cable subscribers Core Cable ARPU (1) High-speed Internet (2) Net additions Total Internet subscribers (residential) (3) Internet ARPU (1) Digital Cable Terminals, net additions Terminals in service Households, net additions Households Cable telephony subscriber lines Net additions and migrations (4) Total Cable telephony subscriber lines Circuit-switched subscriber lines Net losses and migrations (4) Total circuit-switched subscriber lines (3) Total Rogers Home Phone subscriber lines Net additions Total Rogers Home Phone subscriber lines (3) RGUs (2)(5) Net additions Total revenue generating units (3) 2007 2006 3,575 3,481 18 2,295 56.39 $ 13 2,277 52.37 $ 165 1,465 36.51 $ 160 1,297 35.32 $ $ $ 374 1,871 219 1,353 290 656 358 1,497 221 1,134 318 366 (37) 334 (41) 350 253 990 277 716 655 6,103 671 5,424 (1) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” and “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” sections. (2) Prior year high-speed Internet subscribers and RGUs have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. (3) Included in total subscribers at December 31, 2007, are approximately 3,000 high-speed Internet subscribers and 21,000 circuit-switched telephony subscriber lines, representing 24,000 RGUs, acquired from Futureway in June, 2007. These subscribers are not included in net additions for 2007. (4) Includes approximately 42,000 and 37,000 migrations from circuit-switched to cable telephony during 2007 and 2006, respectively. (5) RGUs are comprised of basic cable subscribers, digital cable households, residential high-speed Internet subscribers and residential cable and circuit-switched telephony subscribers. 38 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Core Cable Revenue The increase in Core Cable revenue in 2007 reflects the impact of price increases, growth in basic subscribers and the growing pen- etration of our digital cable products. The price increases on service offerings that became effective in March 2006 and 2007, contrib- uted approximately $54 million to Core Cable revenue growth during 2007. The remaining increase in revenue of approximately $65 million is primarily related to the growth in digital subscribers. represented migrations from the circuit-switched to cable tele- phony platform. Long-distance revenues were flat year-over-year. HOME PHONE SUBSCRIBERS (In thousands) CABLE RGUs (In thousands) 48 391 366 350 656 334 4,752 5,424 6,103 DIGITAL CABLE HOUSEHOLDS (In thousands) 913 1,134 1,353 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 Internet (Residential) Revenue The digital cable subscriber base grew by 19% in 2007. Digital pen- etration now represents 59% of basic cable households. Strong demand for HD and PVR digital set-top box equipment combined with the success of Cable’s “Personal TV” and awareness of the “triple play” marketing campaign, which offers cable television, high-speed Internet and Rogers Home Phone services in discrete packages, contributed to the growth in the digital sub- scriber base of 219,000 in 2007. In addition, basic cable subscribers increased by 18,000 in 2007. CABLE INTERNET SUBSCRIBERS (In thousands) The increase in Internet revenues in 2007 reflects the 13% year- over-year increase in the number of Internet subscribers in addition to price increases to our Internet offerings. These price increases, effective in March 2006 and 2007, contributed to the Internet rev- enue growth by approximately $16 million in 2007. The remaining increase in revenue of approxi- mately $69 million in 2007 was largely the result of the impact of the growth in subscribers. The average monthly revenue per Internet subscriber increased year-over-year. This was the result of the price increases partially offset by a shift in subscriber mix to a higher number of subscrib- ers on lower priced service tiers. 1,136 1,297 1,465 With the high-speed Internet subscriber base now at approx- imately 1.5 million, Internet penetration is 64% of basic cable households, and 41% of homes passed by our network. 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 Rogers Home Phone Revenue The growth in Rogers Home Phone revenue in 2007 is the result of the addition of 290,000 Rogers Home Phone voice-over-cable telephony service lines in 2007. Partially offsetting the increase in voice-over-cable telephony lines is a decline in the number of circuit- switched local lines of 37,000 in 2007. Of this amount, 42,000 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 Cable Telephony Subscribers Switched Telephony Subscribers Cable Operations Operating Expenses Cable Operations sales and marketing expenses increased by $38 million in 2007, compared to 2006, reflecting the significant growth in cable telephony service in addition to certain targeted promotional activities. The increases in operating, general and administrative costs during 2007 of $112 million, compared to 2006, were primarily driven by increases in digital cable, Internet and Rogers Home Phone sub- scriber bases, resulting in higher costs associated with programming content, customer care, technical service and network operations. This increase was partially offset by the elimination of CRTC Part II fees. For further details, see the section entitled “Government Regulation and Regulatory Developments”. In January 2004, Cable entered into a multi-year agreement with Yahoo! to offer Cable’s high-speed Internet access subscribers a co-branded broadband experience, which included: Yahoo!’s email functionality; hosting and storage; security, pop-up blocking and parental control tools; digital photo tools; online music and game services; and an array of content in a personalized user environ- ment. Under this agreement, Cable paid portal fees to Yahoo! for these services on a per subscriber basis. On October 31, 2007, Cable and Yahoo! entered into a renegotiated agreement effective January 1, 2008, under which Cable and Yahoo! will share advertis- ing revenue opportunities leveraging the high-speed Internet access subscribers, and Cable will no longer pay portal fees to Yahoo!. This renegotiated agreement will now expire on December 31, 2011. In connection with the renegotiation of this agreement, Cable made a one-time payment to Yahoo! in the fourth quarter of 2007 of $52 million and Cable’s cost of providing its high-speed Internet service will be reduced by approximately $25 million per year over the term of the renegotiated agreement. Rogers’ brand- ing of its Internet service is being transitioned to “Rogers Hi-Speed Internet”, while the online portal will continue to be branded as “Rogers Yahoo!”. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 39 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS of Call-Net, is generally less capital intensive than its on-net cable telephony business but also generates lower margins. As a result, the inclusion of the circuit-switched local telephony business with Cable Operations’ on-net in-region telephony business has a dilu- tive impact on operating profit margins. Cable Operations Adjusted Operating Profit The year-over-year growth in adjusted operating profit was primarily the result of growth in revenue and subscribers, in addition to the impact of the elimination of CRTC Part II fees. As a result, Cable Operations adjusted operating profit mar- gins increased to 38.7% in 2007, compared to 37.1% in 2006. Cable Operations’ base of circuit- switched local telephony cus- tomers, which was acquired in July 2005 through the acquisition CABLE ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT (In millions of dollars) $778 $916 $1,016 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 ROGERS B USINESS SOLUTIONS Summarized Financial Results Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, except margin) RBS operating revenue Operating expenses before the undernoted Sales and marketing expenses Operating, general and administrative expenses Adjusted operating profit (1) Stock option plan amendment (2) Stock-based compensation expense (2) Integration and restructuring expenses (3) Operating profit (loss) (1) Adjusted operating profit margin (1) 2007 2006 % Chg $ 571 $ 596 (4) 75 484 559 12 (2) – (29) 70 477 547 49 – – (1) $ (19) $ 48 2.1% 8.2% 7 1 2 (76) n/m n/m n/m n/m 2007 2006 % Chg 18 237 3 35 33 205 10 31 (15) 32 (7) 4 (1) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” and “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” sections. (2) See the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. (3) Costs incurred relate to the integration of the operations of Call-Net and the restructuring of RBS. Summarized Subscriber Results Years ended December 31, (Subscriber statistics in thousands) Local line equivalents (1) Net additions Total local line equivalents (2) Broadband data circuits (3) Net additions Total broadband data circuits (2) (1) Local line equivalents include individual voice lines plus Primary Rate Interfaces (“PRIs”) at a factor of 23 voice lines each. (2) Included in total subscribers at December 31, 2007, are approximately 14,000 local line equivalents and 1,000 broadband data circuits acquired from Futureway in June, 2007. These subscribers are not included in net additions for 2007. (3) Broadband data circuits are those customer locations accessed by data networking technologies including DOCSIS, DSL, E10/100/1000, OC 3/12 and DS 1/3. 40 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LOCAL LINE EQUIVALENTS (In thousands) BUSINESS SOLUTIONS BROADBAND DATA CIRCUITS (In thousands) 172 205 237 22 31 35 The increases in other operating, general and administrative expenses of $35 million in 2007, compared to 2006, are primarily the result of an increase in overall information technology and network maintenance costs. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $5 million in 2007, com- pared to 2006, as marketing efforts have primarily targeted the small and medium business markets since early 2007. RBS Adjusted Operating Profit The changes described above resulted in RBS adjusted operating profit of $12 million in 2007, compared to adjusted operating profit of $49 million in 2006. Integration and Restructuring Expenses During 2007, most RBS new customer acquisition efforts in the enterprise and larger business segments and outside of Cable’s footprint were suspended, resulting in certain staff reductions and the incurrence of approximately $20 million in severance costs. In addition, consulting and contract termination costs of $4 million related to the restructuring and $5 million of integration expenses related to the acquisition of Call-Net were incurred. Capital spend- ing requirements on information technology and network builds were also reduced. RBS will continue to maximize operating profit through its existing customer base while Cable will increase its sales efforts on the smaller business portion of the market within its traditional cable television footprint where it is able to serve cus- tomers with voice and data telephony services provisioned over its own infrastructure. ROGERS R ETAIL Summarized Financial Results In January 2007, Rogers Retail acquired approximately 170 retail locations from Wireless. The results of the activities of these stores has been included in the Rogers Retail results of operations since January 1, 2007. 2007 2006 % Chg $ 393 $ 397 (4) (5) (1) – 310 297 13 – – (6) $ (10) $ 7 (1.0%) 4.2% 27 34 n/m n/m n/m n/m n/m 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 RBS Revenue The decrease in RBS revenues is a result of a decline in long-distance revenues partially offset by an increase in local service and data revenue. During 2007, long-distance revenues declined by $41 mil- lion compared to 2006 due to a decrease in both usage and average revenue per minute. Local service revenue grew by $15 million com- pared to 2006. In addition, data revenues (including hardware sales) increased by $1 million compared to 2006. RBS ended the year with 237,000 local line equivalents and 35,000 broadband data circuits in service at December 31, 2007, representing year-over-year growth rates of 16% in both cases. RBS Operating Expenses Carrier charges are included in operating, general and administrative expenses and decreased by $28 million in 2007, compared to 2006, due to the decrease in revenue and product mix changes. Carrier charges represented approximately 55% of revenue in 2007, com- pared to 57% in 2006. Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) Rogers Retail operating revenue Operating expenses Adjusted operating profit (loss) (1) Stock option plan amendment (2) Stock-based compensation expense (2) Restructuring expenses (3) Operating profit (loss) (1) Adjusted operating profit (loss) margin (1) (1) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” and “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” sections. (2) See the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. (3) Costs related to the closure of 21 Retail stores in the first quarter of 2006. Rogers Retail Revenue Rogers Retail Adjusted Operating Profit (Loss) The increase in Rogers Retail revenue of $83 million in 2007, com- pared to 2006, was the result of the acquisition of 170 retail stores from Wireless in January 2007, partially offset by a decline in video rental and sales revenues of $8 million, resulting from fewer trans- actions and customer visits, and a reduction in late fee revenue. Rogers Retail recorded an adjusted operating loss of $4 million in 2007, compared to an adjusted operating profit of $13 million in 2006, which is the result of fewer customer visits and increased sales and marketing expenses. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 41 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS C ABLE ADDITIONS TO PP&E The Cable Operations segment categorizes its PP&E expenditures according to a standardized set of reporting categories that were developed and agreed to by the U.S. cable television industry and which facilitate comparisons of additions to PP&E between different cable companies. Under these industry definitions, Cable Operations additions to PP&E are classified into the following five categories: • Customer premise equipment (“CPE”), which includes the equip- ment for digital set-top terminals, Internet modems and the associated installation costs; • Scalable infrastructure, which includes non-CPE costs to meet business growth and to provide service enhancements, including many of the costs to-date of the cable telephony initiative; • Line extensions, which includes network costs to enter new ser- vice areas; Summarized Cable PP&E Additions Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) Additions to PP&E Customer premise equipment Scalable infrastructure Line extensions Upgrades and rebuild Support capital Total Cable Operations (2) Rogers Business Solutions (3) Rogers Retail • Upgrades and rebuild, which includes the costs to modify or replace existing co-axial cable, fibre-optic equipment and net- work electronics; and • Support capital, which includes the costs associated with the purchase, replacement or enhancement of non-network assets. 2007 CABLE ADDITIONS TO PP&E (%) Cable Operations 87% Business Solutions 10% Retail 3% 2007 2006 (1) % Chg $ 304 $ 167 57 43 139 710 83 21 307 184 64 10 120 685 98 11 $ 814 $ 794 (1) (9) (11) n/m 16 4 (15) 91 3 (1) Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. (2) Included in Cable and Internet PP&E additions are costs related to the integration of Call-Net of $5 million and $28 million, for the years ended December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2006, respectively. (3) Included in RBS PP&E additions are costs related to the integration of Call-Net of $6 million and $15 million, for the years ended December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2006, respectively. The year-over-year increase in additions to PP&E is attributable to an increase in spending at Cable Operations, and Rogers Retail, offset by lower spending at RBS. Media’s more traditional broadcast and print media platforms, it also delivers content and conducts e-commerce over the Internet relating to many of its individual broadcasting and publishing properties. Cable Operations PP&E additions are primarily attributable to higher spending on support capital relating to a larger subscriber base. Spending on upgrades and rebuilds was driven by upgrades and improvements to its cable systems in the Atlantic provinces and rural areas in Ontario. RBS PP&E additions decreased during 2007 compared to 2006 pri- marily due to the purchase of Group Telecom/360Networks assets from Bell Canada in 2006. The increase in Rogers Retail PP&E additions is attributable to improvements made to certain retail stores acquired from Wireless in January 2007 and to improvements related to new retail stores. M E D I A MEDIA’S BUSINESS Media operates our radio and television broadcasting operations, our consumer and trade publishing operations, our televised home shopping service and Rogers Sports Entertainment. In addition to 42 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT Media’s Broadcasting group (“Broadcasting”) comprises 52 radio stations across Canada; multicultural OMNI television stations; the five station Citytv television network; a specialty sports television service that provides regional sports programming across Canada (“Rogers Sportsnet”), and Canada’s only nationally televised shop- ping service (“The Shopping Channel”). Media also holds 50% ownership in Dome Productions, a mobile production and distribu- tion joint venture that is a leader in HDTV production in Canada. Broadcasting also owns The Biography Channel Canada and G4TechTV Canada and holds interests in several Canadian specialty television services, including Viewers Choice Canada. Media’s Publishing group (“Publishing”) publishes 78 consumer magazines and trade and professional publications and directories in Canada. In addition to its organic growth, Media expanded its business in 2007 through the following initiatives: the acquisition of five radio stations located in Edmonton and Fort McMurray, Alberta, including licences in several small Alberta markets; and the acquisition of MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS five Citytv television stations located in Toronto, Ontario; Winnipeg, Manitoba; Edmonton and Calgary, Alberta; and Vancouver, British Columbia. 2007 MEDIA REVENUE MIX (%) Radio 20% The Shopping Channel 21% Television 22% Publishing 23% Sports Entertainment 14% MEDIA’S STR ATEGY Media seeks to maximize revenues, operating profit and return on invested capital across each of its businesses. Media’s strategies to achieve this objective include: • Focusing on specialized content and audiences through radio, publication and sports properties, as well as continued develop- ment of its portfolio of specialty channel investments; • Continuing to leverage its strong media brand names to increase advertising and subscription revenues, assisted by the cross- promotion of its properties across its media formats and in association with the “Rogers” brand; • Focusing on growth and continuing to cross-sell advertising and share content across its properties and over its multiple media platforms; and • Enhancing the Sports Entertainment fan experience by adding talented players to improve the Blue Jays win-loss record and by making physical upgrades to the Rogers Centre. RECENT M EDIA I NDUSTRY T RENDS Increased Fragmentation of Radio and TV in most markets across Canada. In that time, the CRTC has also licenced a large number of additional new FM stations through AM to FM station conversions. In 2005, the CRTC licenced two satel- lite radio providers, both of which are affiliated with U.S. satellite operators and both of which began offering service in Canada. In the television industry, the CRTC has licenced a number of new, over-the-air stations and a significant number of new digital tele- vision services. The new services and the new formats combine to fragment the market for existing radio and television operators. Ownership of Canadian radio and TV stations has consolidated through the recent acquisitions by CTVglobemedia of CHUM Limited, by Canwest Global Communications Corp. of Alliance Atlantis Communications Inc., and by Astral Media Inc. of Standard Radio Inc. This results in the Canadian industry being left with fewer owners but larger competitors in the media marketplace. MEDIA O PER ATING AND F INANCIAL R ESULTS Media’s revenues primarily consist of: • Advertising revenues; • Circulation revenues; • Subscription revenues; • Retail product sales; and • Sales of tickets, receipts of league revenue sharing and conces- sion sales associated with Rogers Sport Entertainment. Media’s operating expenses consist of: • Cost of sales, which is primarily comprised of the cost of retail product sold by The Shopping Channel; • Sales and marketing expenses; and • Operating, general and administrative expenses, which include programming costs, production expenses, circulation expenses, player salaries and other back-office support functions. In recent years, Canadian radio and television broadcasters have had to operate in increasingly fragmented markets. Canadian consum- ers have a growing number of radio and television services available to them, providing them with an increasing number of different programming formats. In the radio industry, since the introduc- tion of its Commercial Radio Policy in 1998, the CRTC has licenced numerous new radio stations through competitive processes Summarized Media Financial Results Effective June, 2006, due to increased ownership, the results of operations of The Biography Channel Canada and G4TechTV Canada are consolidated with the results of Media. The operating results of five Alberta radio stations and Citytv, which were acquired in 2007, are included in Media’s results of operations from the dates of acquisition on January 1, 2007, and October 31, 2007, respectively. Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, except margin) Operating revenue Operating expenses before the undernoted Adjusted operating profit (2) Stock option plan amendment (3) Stock-based compensation expense(3) Operating profit (2) Adjusted operating profit margin (2) Additions to property, plant and equipment (2) (1) The operating results of Citytv are included in Media’s results of operations from the date of acquisition on October 31, 2007. (2) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” section. (3) See the section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. 2007 (1) 2006 % Chg $ 1,317 $ 1,210 1,141 1,054 176 (84) (10) 156 – (5) $ 82 $ 151 13.4% $ 77 $ 12.9% 48 9 8 13 n/m 100 (46) 60 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 43 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Media Operating Revenue Media Additions to PP&E $1,097 $1,210 MEDIA REVENUE (In millions of dollars) The increase in Media revenue in 2007 compared to 2006 reflects growth across all of Media’s divisions. Rogers Publishing revenue in 2007 was positively impacted by increased advertising and circula- tion revenue, which was partially offset by a decrease in revenue related to the closure of certain publications. Rogers Radio revenue increased due to a combination of organic growth and the acquisi- tion of five radio stations in Alberta in January 2007. The growth in Rogers Sports Entertainment revenue was primarily due to increases in admissions, corpo- rate sponsorships and broadcast revenue. Rogers Sportsnet rev- enue increased over the prior year due to higher advertising revenue and subscriber fees. Rogers television operations generated strong increases in national advertising for the year, and the acquisition of Citytv, which closed on October 31, 2007, contributed $28 million to the increase in revenue. The Shopping Channel revenue remained fairly consistent with the prior year. $1,317 2006 2006 2007 2007 2005 Media Operating Expenses The increase in Media operating expenses, excluding the impact of the one-time non-cash charge resulting from the introduction of a cash settlement feature for employee stock options and stock- based compensation expense in 2007 compared to 2006, is primarily due to operating costs of Citytv and the five Alberta radio stations, higher Blue Jays payroll costs at Rogers Sports Entertainment, and higher production costs at Rogers Sportsnet resulting from addi- tional NFL and NHL broadcasts. These increases were partially offset by lower general and administrative costs and by the elimina- tion of CRTC Part II fees. For further details, see the section entitled “Government Regulation and Regulatory Developments”. MEDIA ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT (In millions of dollars) $131 $156 $176 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 Media Adjusted Operating Profit The growth in Media’s adjusted operating profit compared to 2006 reflects growth across most of Media’s divisions, as well as the impact of the elimination of CRTC Part II fees, partially offset by a decrease in adjusted oper- ating profit at Rogers Sports Entertainment. Excluding Rogers Sports Entertainment, Media’s adjusted operating profit mar- gins would have been 16.9% and 16.7% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 44 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT Additions to PP&E in 2007 primarily reflect building improvements related to the relocation of Rogers Sportsnet and building improve- ments to the Rogers Centre. In 2006, PP&E additions mainly related to enhancements and renovations at the Rogers Centre. 3. CONSOLIDATED LIQUIDITY AND FINANCING LIQUIDIT Y AND C APITAL RESOURCES Operations For 2007, cash generated from operations before changes in non-cash operating working capital items, which is calculated by eliminat- ing the effect of all non-cash items from net income, increased to $3,135 million from $2,386 million in 2006. The $749 million increase is primarily the result of a $761 million increase in adjusted operating profit. Taking into account the changes in non-cash operating working capital items for the year ended December 31, 2007, cash generated from operations was $2,825 million, compared to $2,449 million in 2006. The cash flow generated from operations of $2,825 million, together with the following items, resulted in total net funds of approxi- mately $3,932 million raised in the year ended December 31, 2007: • receipt of $1,080 million aggregate net advances borrowed under our bank credit facilities; and • receipt of $27 million from the issuance of Class B Non-Voting shares under the exercise of employee stock options. Net funds used during 2007 totalled approximately $3,974 million, the details of which include: • additions to PP&E of $1,816 million, including $20 million of related changes in non-cash working capital; • the repayment at maturity in February of Cable’s $450 million Senior Notes due 2007; • the redemption in May of Wireless’ US$550 million Floating Rate Notes due 2010 ($609 million aggregate principal amount and $12 million premium); • the redemption in June of Wireless’ US$155 million 9.75% Senior Debentures due 2016 ($166 million aggregate principal amount and $47 million premium); • the aggregate net payment of $35 million incurred on the settle- ment of two cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and forward contracts in conjunction with the redemption of Wireless’ US$550 million Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2010 in May 2007 and the redemption of Wireless’ US$155 million 9.75% Senior Debentures due 2016 in June 2007; • the payment of quarterly dividends aggregating $211 million on our Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares; • acquisitions and other net investments aggregating $555 million, including the October 2007 acquisition of five Citytv television stations for $405 million including acquisition costs, the June 2007 acquisition of Futureway Communications Inc. for $86 million and the January 2007 acquisition of five Alberta radio stations for $43 million; MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS • additions to program rights of $67 million; • financing costs incurred of $4 million; and • the repayment of $2 million of capital leases. Taking into account the cash deficiency of $19 million at the begin- ning of the year and the cash sources and uses described above, the cash deficiency at December 31, 2007 was $61 million. Financing Our long-term debt is described in Note 15 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. During 2007, the following financing activities took place. During 2007, $1,080 million aggregate net advances were bor- rowed under our bank credit facility. In addition, during 2007 $1,227 million aggregate principal amount of other debt was repaid, comprised of $450 million aggregate principal amount of Cable’s 7.60% Senior Notes due 2007 repaid at maturity in February, $609 mil- lion (US$550 million) aggregate principal amount of Wireless’ Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2010 redeemed in May at a redemption pre- mium of 2%, or $12 million, for a total of $621 million (US$561 million), $166 million (US$155 million) aggregate principal amount of Wireless’ 9.75% Senior Debentures due 2016 redeemed in June at a redemp- tion premium of 28.416%, or $47 million, for a total of $213 million (US$199 million) and $2 million repayment of capital leases. As a result, we incurred a net loss on repayment of long-term debt aggregating $47 million, which is expensed in the income state- ment. Included in this amount are the aggregate redemption premiums of $59 million offset by a $12 million non-cash writedown of the fair value increment arising from purchase accounting, which is included in long-term debt. In addition, in conjunction with these redemptions we made aggregate net payments on settlement of cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and for- ward contracts of $35 million. RATIO OF DEBT TO ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT* 3.8x 2.7x 2.1x 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 * Includes debt and the foreign exchange component of the fair value of derivative instruments. We may choose to participate in the upcoming auction of wire- less spectrum licences that will take place commencing May 27, 2008, and, as such, we may arrange for the issuance of a letter of credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of the auc- tion. If issued, the letter of credit would be a utilization under our $2.4 billion bank credit facility. See “Wireless Regulation and Regulator y Developments – Advanced Wireless Ser vices (“AWS”) Auction”. RCI’s $2.4 Billion Bank Credit Facility On June 29, 2007, the $1 billion Cable bank credit facility, the $700 million Wireless bank credit facility and the $600 million Media bank credit facility were cancelled and RCI entered into a new unse- cured $2.4 billion bank credit facility. At December 31, 2007, RCI had borrowed $1.240 billion under this new bank credit facility. RCI’s new bank credit facility provides RCI with up to $2.4 billion from a consortium of Canadian financial institutions. The bank credit facility is available on a fully revolving basis until maturity on July 2, 2013, and there are no scheduled reductions prior to maturity. The interest rate charged on the bank credit facility ranges from nil to 0.50% per annum over the bank prime rate or base rate or 0.475% to 1.75% over the bankers’ acceptance rate or London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). RCI’s bank credit facility is unsecured and ranks pari passu with RCI’s senior public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. The bank credit facility requires that RCI satisfy certain financial covenants, includ- ing the maintenance of certain financial ratios. Pari Passu Debt and Intracompany Amalgamation completed July 1, 2007 On July 1, 2007, RCI completed an intracompany amalgamation of RCI and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Rogers Cable Inc. (“RCAB”) and Rogers Wireless Inc. (“RWI”). The amal- gamated entity continues as RCI, and RCAB and RWI are no longer separate corporate entities and have ceased to be reporting issuers. This intracompany amalgamation did not impact the consolidated results previously reported by RCI, and the operating subsidiaries of RCAB and RWI were not part of and were not impacted by the amalgamation. As a result of the amalgamation, on July 1, 2007, RCI assumed all of the rights and obligations under all of the outstanding RCAB and RWI public debt indentures and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. As part of the amalgamation process, on June 29, 2007, RCAB and RWI released all security provided by bonds issued under the RCAB deed of trust and the RWI deed of trust for all of the then outstanding RCAB and RWI senior public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. As a result, none of the senior public debt or cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements remain secured by such bonds effective as of June 29, 2007. As a result of these actions, the outstanding public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and the new $2.4 billion bank credit facility now reside at RCI on an unsecured basis. The RCI public debt originally issued by Cable has RCCI as a co-obligor and RWP as an unsecured guarantor while the RCI public debt originally issued by RWI has RWP as a co-obligor and RCCI as an unsecured guarantor. Similarly, RCCI and RWP have provided unsecured guarantees for the new bank credit facility and the cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. Accordingly, RCI’s bank debt, senior public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements now rank pari passu on an unse- cured basis. Our subordinated public debt remains subordinated to our senior debt. Shelf Prospectuses In order to maintain financial flexibility, in November 2007 RCI filed shelf prospectuses with securities regulators to qualify debt securi- ties of RCI for sale in Canada and/or in the U.S. A previously filed shelf prospectus expired during 2006. The notice set forth in this paragraph does not constitute an offer of any securities for sale. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 45 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Normal Course Issuer Bid Required Principal Repayments In January 2008, RCI applied to the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) to make an NCIB, which was accepted by the TSX on January 10, 2008, for purchases of its Class B Non-Voting shares through the facilities of the TSX. The maximum number of Class B Non-Voting shares that may be purchased pursuant to the NCIB is the lesser of 15 million, representing approximately 3% of the number of Class B Non- Voting shares outstanding at December 31, 2007, and that number of Class B Non-Voting shares that can be purchased under the NCIB for an aggregate purchase price of $300 million. The actual number of Class B Non-Voting shares purchased, if any, and the timing of such purchases, will be determined by RCI considering market con- ditions, stock prices, its cash position, and other factors. At December 31, 2007, the required repayments on all long-term debt in the next five years totals $2,326 million, comprised of $1 million of capital leases due in 2008, $1,119 million principal repayments due in 2011 and $1,206 million principal repayments due in 2012. The required principal repayments due in 2011 consist of $484 million (US$490 million) 9.625% Senior Notes, $460 million 7.625% Senior Notes and $175 million 7.25% Senior Notes. The required principal repayments due in 2012 consist of $464 million (US$470 million) 7.25% Senior Notes, $395 million (US$400 million) 8.00% Subordinated Notes and $346 million (US$350 million) 7.875% Senior Notes. Credit Ratings Covenant Compliance We are currently in compliance with all of the covenants under our debt instruments, and we expect to remain in compliance with all of these covenants during 2008. At December 31, 2007, there are no financial leverage covenants in effect other than those pursu- ant to our bank credit facility (see Note 15(i) to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements). Based on our most restric- tive leverage covenants, we could have incurred $14.6 billion of additional long-term debt at December 31, 2007, including the $1.16 billion undrawn portion of our existing $2.4 billion bank credit facility. In February 2007, Fitch Ratings increased the issuer default ratings for RCI, Wireless and Cable to BBB- (from BB) and increased the senior debt ratings for Wireless and Cable to BBB- (from BB+), while the senior subordinated debt rating for Wireless was affirmed at BB. In May 2007, Fitch affirmed these ratings, revised the ratings outlook to positive from stable and indicated that when the RCI amalgamation was completed on July 1, 2007, the issuer default rat- ings for Wireless and Cable would be withdrawn and the rating on the Senior Subordinated Notes of Wireless would be upgraded to BB+ (from BB). In July 2007, Fitch confirmed that it had withdrawn the issuer default ratings for Wireless and Cable and upgraded the rating on RCI’s Senior Subordinated Notes to BB+ (from BB). 2008 Cash Requirements On a consolidated basis, we anticipate that we will generate a net cash surplus in 2008 from cash generated from operations. We expect that we will have sufficient capital resources to satisfy our cash funding requirements in 2008, including the funding of divi- dends on our Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares, taking into account cash from operations and the amount available under our $2.4 billion bank credit facility. At December 31, 2007, there were no restrictions on the flow of funds between subsidiary com- panies nor between RCI and any of its subsidiaries. CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS (In millions of dollars) $1,551 $2,386 $3,135 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 In the event that we require addi- tional funding, we believe that any such funding requirements would be satisfied by issuing additional debt financing, which may include the restructuring of our existing bank credit facility or issuing public or private debt or issuing equity, all depending on market conditions. In addi- tion, we may refinance a portion of existing debt subject to mar- ket conditions and other factors. There is no assurance that this will or can be done. In March 2007, Moody’s Investors Service upgraded the senior debt ratings for Wireless and Cable to Baa3 (from Ba1) and upgraded the senior subordinated debt rating of Wireless to Ba1 (from Ba2). In May 2007, Moody’s announced that, pending routine due diligence to confirm that the RCI amalgamation and release of security was implemented as intended, there would be no ratings impact and the current Baa3 ratings would continue to prevail. In April 2007, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services raised its long- term corporate credit ratings for RCI, Wireless and Cable to BBB- (from BB+), raised the senior debt ratings for Wireless and Cable to BBB- (from BB+) and raised the senior subordinated debt rating for Wireless to BB+ (from BB-). In May 2007, Standard & Poor’s announced that its ratings were unaffected following the Company’s decision to amalgamate RCI with Wireless and Cable to release the security on its outstanding debt. In summary, RCI’s unsecured senior public debt is rated investment grade by each of Fitch, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. Credit ratings are intended to provide investors with an independent measure of credit quality of an issue of securities. Ratings for debt instruments range from AAA, in the case of Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, or Aaa in the case of Moody’s, which represent the highest quality of securities rated, to D, in the case of Standard & Poor’s, C, in the case of Moody’s and Substantial Risk in the case of Fitch, which represent the lowest quality of securities rated. The ratings on RCI’s senior debt of BBB- from Standard & Poor’s and Fitch and of Baa3 from Moody’s represent the minimum investment grade ratings. 46 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS RATIO OF ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT TO INTEREST 3.2x 4.7x 6.4x The credit ratings accorded by the rating agencies are not recom- mendations to purchase, hold or sell the rated securities inasmuch as such ratings do not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. There is no assurance that any rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or that any rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in the future if in its judgment circum- stances so warrant. 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 Deficiency of Pension Plan Assets Over Accrued Obligations As disclosed in Note 18 to our 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, our pension plans had a deficiency of plan assets over accrued obligations of $83 million and $67 million at December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2006, respectively. In addition to our regular contributions, we are making certain minimum monthly special payments to eliminate this deficiency. In 2007, the special payment totalled approximately $2 million. Our total estimated annual fund- ing requirements, which include both our regular contributions and these special payments, are expected to increase from $28 mil- lion in 2007 to $35 million in 2008, subject to annual adjustments thereafter, due to various market factors and the assumption that Consolidated Hedged Position (In millions of dollars, except percentages) U.S. dollar-denominated long-term debt Hedged with cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements Hedged exchange rate Percent hedged Amount of long-term debt (2) at fixed rates: Total long-term debt Total long-term debt at fixed rates Percent of long-term debt fixed Weighted average interest rate on long-term debt staffing levels at the Company will remain relatively stable year- over-year. We are contributing to the plans on this basis. As further discussed in the section of this MD&A entitled “Critical Accounting Estimates”, changes in factors such as the discount rate, the rate of compensation increase and the expected return on plan assets can impact the accrued benefit obligation, pension expense and the deficiency of plan assets over accrued obligations in the future. INTEREST R ATE AND F OREIGN Ex CHANGE M ANAGEMENT Economic Hedge Analysis For the purposes of our discussion on the hedged portion of long- term debt, we have used non-GAAP measures in that we include all cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements (whether or not they qualify as hedges for accounting purposes) since all such agreements are used for risk management purposes only and are designated hedges of specific debt instruments for economic purposes. As a result, the Canadian dollar equivalent of U.S. dollar- denominated long-term debt reflects the contracted foreign exchange rate for all of our cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements regardless of qualifications for accounting purposes as a hedge. During 2007, we redeemed an aggregate US$705 million of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt and terminated an aggregate notional principal amount of US$275 million of our cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. As a result of the foregoing debt redemptions and swap termina- tions, on December 31, 2007, 100% of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt was hedged on an economic basis and on an accounting basis, as noted below. December 31, 2007 December 31, 2006 US US $ $ 4,190 4,190 1.3313 100.0% (1) US US $ 4,895 $ 4,475 1.3229 91.4% Cdn Cdn $ $ 7,454 6,214 83.4% 7.53% Cdn Cdn $ 7,658 $ 6,851 89.5% 7.98% (1) Pursuant to the requirements for hedge accounting under Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”) Handbook Section 3865, Hedges, on December 31, 2007, RCI accounted for 100% (2006 – 93.6%) of its cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements as hedges against designated U.S. dollar-denominated debt. (2) Long-term debt includes the effect of the cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. FIXED VERSUS FLOATING DEBT COMPOSITION (%) Fixed 83.4% Floating 16.6% ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 47 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Composition of Fair Market Value Liability for Derivative Instruments (In millions of dollars) Foreign exchange related Interest rate related Total carrying value December 31, 2007 January 1, 2007 (1) $ 1,719 85 $ 858 436 $ 1,804 $ 1,294 (1) After the adoption of new financial instrument accounting standards. Refer to Note 2 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2007. We use derivative financial instruments to manage our risks from fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates. These instru- ments include interest rate and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements, foreign exchange forward contracts and, from time-to- time, foreign exchange option agreements. All such agreements are used for risk management purposes only and are designated as a hedge of specific debt instruments for economic purposes. In order to minimize the risk of counterparty default under these agree- ments, we assess the creditworthiness of these counterparties. At December 31, 2007, all of our counterparties to these agreements were financial institutions with a Standard & Poor’s rating (or other equivalent) ranging from A+ to AA. upon market conditions and other factors, may adjust our hedged position with respect to foreign exchange fluctuations or interest rates in the future by unwinding certain existing positions and/or by entering into new cross-currency interest rate exchange agree- ments or by using other instruments. As at December 31, 2007, all of our U.S. dollar-denominated long- term debt instruments were hedged for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2007 interest expense would have changed by $12 million per annum if there was a 1% change in the interest rates on the portion of our long-term debt that is not at fixed interest rates. Because our operating income is almost exclusively denominated in Canadian dollars, the incurrence of U.S. dollar-denominated debt has caused significant foreign exchange exposure. We will continue to monitor our hedged position on an economic basis with respect to interest rate and foreign exchange fluctuations and, depending OUTSTANDING C OMMON S HARE D ATA Set out below is our outstanding common share data as at December 31, 2007. For additional detail, refer to Note 19 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Common Shares (1) Class A Voting Class B Non-Voting Options to purchase Class B Non-Voting shares Outstanding options Outstanding options exercisable December 31, 2007 112,462,014 527,004,533 15,586,066 11,409,666 (1) Holders of our Class B Non-Voting shares are entitled to receive notice of and to attend meetings of our shareholders, but, except as required by law or as stipulated by stock exchanges, are not entitled to vote at such meetings. If an offer is made to purchase outstanding Class A Voting shares, there is no requirement under applicable law or RCI’s constating documents that an offer be made for the outstanding Class B Non-Voting shares and there is no other protection available to shareholders under RCI’s constating documents. If an offer is made to purchase both Class A Voting shares and Class B Non-Voting shares, the offer for the Class A Voting shares may be made on different terms than the offer to the holders of Class B Non-Voting shares. DIVIDENDS AND O THER PAYMENTS ON RCI E QUIT Y S ECURITIES Our dividend policy is reviewed periodically by the RCI Board of Directors (“the Board”). The declaration and payment of dividends are at the sole discretion of the Board and depend on, among other things, our financial condition, general business conditions, legal restrictions regarding the payment of dividends by us, some of which are referred to below, and other factors that the Board may, from time-to-time, consider to be relevant. As a holding company with no direct operations, we rely on cash dividends and other pay- ments from our subsidiaries and our own cash balances and debt to pay dividends to our shareholders. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay such amounts to us is subject to the various risks as outlined in this MD&A. All dividend amounts have been restated to reflect a two-for-one split of our Class B Non-Voting and Class A Voting shares in December 2006. In January 2008, the Board approved an increase in the annual divi- dend from $0.50 to $1.00 per Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting share effective with the next quarterly dividend. The new annual dividend of $1.00 per share will be paid in quarterly amounts of $0.25 per each outstanding Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting share. Such quarterly dividends are only payable as and when declared by our Board and there is no entitlement to any dividend prior thereto. During 2007, the Board declared dividends aggregating $0.4150 per share on each of the outstanding Class B Non-Voting shares and Class A Voting shares, $0.125 per share of which were paid on January 2, 2008 to shareholders of record on December 12, 2007, $0.125 per share of which were paid on October 1, 2007, to share- holders of record on September 13, 2007, $0.125 per share of which were paid on July 3, 2007, to shareholders of record on June 14, 2007, and $0.04 of which were paid on April 2, 2007, to shareholders of record on March 15, 2007. 48 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS During 2006, the Board declared dividends aggregating $0.0775 per share on each of the outstanding Class B Non-Voting shares and Class A Voting shares, $0.0375 of which were paid on July 4, 2006 to shareholders on record on June 14, 2006, and $0.04 of which were paid on January 2, 2007, to shareholders of record on December 20, 2006. In October 2006, our Board declared a 113% increase to the dividend paid for each of the outstanding Class B Non-Voting shares and Class A Voting shares. Accordingly, the annual dividend per share increased from $0.075 per share to $0.16 per share, on a post-split basis. In addition, the Board modified our dividend distribution policy to make dividend distributions on a quarterly basis instead of semi-annually. The first such distribution was made on January 2, 2007, to shareholders of record on December 20, 2006. In December 2005, the Board declared a 50% increase to the divi- dend paid for each of the outstanding Class B Non-Voting shares and Class A Voting shares. Accordingly, the annual dividend per share increased from $0.05 per share to $0.075 per share, and was paid twice yearly in the amount of $0.0375 per share to holders of record of such shares on the record date established by the Board for each dividend at the time such dividend was declared. These div- idends were scheduled to be paid on or about the first trading day Material Obligations Under Firm Contractual Arrangements ANNUALIZED DIVIDENDS PER SHARE AT YEAR END ($) $0.075 $0.16 $0.50 2005 200 6 2006 2007 2007 following January 1 and July 1 each year. The first such semi- annual dividend pursuant to the policy was paid on January 6, 2006, to shareholders of record on December 28, 2005. During 2005, the Board declared in aggregate of dividend s $0.0625 per share on each of the outstanding Class B Non-Voting shares, and Class A Voting shares, $0.025 of which were paid on July 2, 2005, to shareholders of record on June 14, 2005, and $0.0375 of which were paid on January 6, 2006, to shareholders of record on December 28, 2005. COMMITMENTS AND O THER C ONTR AC TUAL O BLIGATIONS Contractual Obligations Our material obligations under firm contractual arrangements are summarized below at December 31, 2007. See also Notes 15, 23 and 24 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. (In millions of dollars) Long-term debt Derivative instruments (1) Capital leases and other Operating leases Player contracts Purchase obligations (2) Other long-term liabilities Total Less Than 1 Year 1–3 Years 4–5 Years – 83 1 145 82 729 5 – – – 231 135 1,010 114 2,325 692 – 143 48 58 45 After 5 Years 3,690 1,030 – 81 33 60 50 Total 6,015 1,804 1 600 298 1,857 214 1,044 1,490 3,310 4,944 10,789 (1) Amounts reflect net disbursements only, upon maturity. (2) Purchase obligations consist of agreements to purchase goods and services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, price provisions and timing of the transaction. In addition, we incur expenditures for other items that are volume-dependent. OFF-BAL ANCE S HEET A RR ANGEMENTS Guarantees As a regular part of our business, we enter into agreements that provide for indemnification and guarantees to counterparties in transactions involving business sale and business combination agreements, sales of services and purchases and development of assets. Due to the nature of these indemnifications, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount we could be required to pay counterparties. Historically, we have not made any significant payment under these indemnifications or guarantees. Refer to Note 24 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Derivative Instruments As previously discussed, we use derivative instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate and foreign currency risks. We do not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes. Operating Leases We have entered into operating leases for the rental of premises, distribution facilities, equipment and microwave towers and other contracts. The effect of terminating any one lease agreement would not have an adverse effect on us as a whole. Refer to “Contractual Obligations” above and Note 23 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 49 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 4. OPERATING ENVIRONMENT Industry Canada GOVERNMENT REGUL ATION AND REGUL ATORY DEVELOPMENTS Substantially all of our business activities, except for Cable’s Rogers Retail segment and the non-broadcasting operations of Media, are regulated by one or more of: the Canadian Federal Department of Industry, on behalf of the Minister of Industry (Canada) (collec- tively, “Industry Canada”), the CRTC under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) (the “Telecommunications Act”) and the CRTC under the Broadcasting Act (Canada) (the “Broadcasting Act”), and, accordingly, our results of operations are affected by changes in regulations and by the decisions of these regulators. Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission Canadian broadcasting operations, including our cable television systems, radio and television stations, and specialty services are licenced (or operated pursuant to an exemption order issued) and regulated by the CRTC pursuant to the Broadcasting Act. Under the Broadcasting Act, the CRTC is responsible for regulating and super- vising all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system with a view to implementing certain broadcasting policy objectives enunciated in that Act. The CRTC is also responsible under the Telecommunications Act for the regulation of telecommunications carriers, which includes the regulation of Wireless’ cellular and messaging operations and Cable’s Internet and telephone services. Under the Telecommunications Act, the CRTC has the power to forbear from regulating certain services or classes of services provided by individual carriers. If the CRTC finds that a service or class of services provided by a carrier is subject to a degree of competition that is sufficient to protect the interests of users, the CRTC is required to forbear from regulating those services unless such an order would be likely to unduly impair the establish- ment or continuance of a competitive market for those services. Cable’s retail services have been deregulated by the CRTC. However, any change in policy, regulations or interpretations could have a material adverse effect on Cable’s operations and financial condi- tion and operating results. Copyright Board of Canada The Copyright Board of Canada (“Copyright Board”) is a regulatory body established pursuant to the Copyright Act (Canada) (the “Copyright Act”) to oversee the collective administration of copy- right royalties in Canada and to establish the royalties payable for the use of certain copyrighted works. The Copyright Board is responsible for the review, consideration and approval of copyright tariff royalties payable to copyright collectives by Canadian broadcasting undertakings, including cable, radio, television and specialty services. The technical aspects of the operation of radio and television sta- tions, the frequency-related operations of the cable television networks and the awarding and regulatory supervision of spectrum for cellular, messaging and other radio-telecommunications systems in Canada are subject to the licencing requirements and oversight of Industry Canada. Industry Canada may set technical standards for telecommunications under the Radiocommunication Act (Canada) (the “Radiocommunication Act”) and the Telecommunications Act. Restrictions on Non-Canadian Ownership and Control Non-Canadians are permitted to own and control directly or indi- rectly up to 33.3% of the voting shares and 33.3% of the votes of a holding company that has a subsidiary operating company licenced under the Broadcasting Act. In addition, up to 20% of the voting shares and 20% of the votes of the operating licencee company may be owned and controlled directly or indirectly by non-Canadians. The chief executive officer and 80% of the members of the Board of Directors of the operating licencee must be resident Canadians. There are no restrictions on the number of non-voting shares that may be held by non-Canadians at either the holding-company or licencee-company level. Neither the Canadian carrier nor its parent may be otherwise controlled in fact by non-Canadians. The CRTC has the jurisdiction to determine as a question of fact whether a given licencee is controlled by non-Canadians. Pursuant to the Telecommunications Act and associated regulations, the same rules apply to Canadian carriers such as Wireless, except that there is no requirement that the CEO be a resident Canadian. The same restrictions are contained in the Radiocommunication Act and associated regulations. In April 2003, the House of Commons Industry Committee released a report calling for the removal of foreign ownership restrictions for telecommunications carriers and broadcasting distribution under- takings. In June 2003, the House of Commons Heritage Committee released a report that opposed the Industry Committee’s recom- mendation. The Cabinet responded to the Industry Committee report in September 2003 and to the Heritage Committee report in November 2003. The government announced that officials from the Industry and Heritage departments will convene to reconcile the two positions. On July 12, 2007, the federal government appointed the Competition Policy Review Panel. Among other things, this panel is examining the foreign ownership rules in Canada’s com- munications sector. Proposed Policy Direction to the CRTC on Telecommunications On June 13, 2006, the Minister of Industry tabled a proposed Policy Direction on Telecommunications in Parliament. The Direction signals the Government’s intention to direct the CRTC to rely on market forces to the maximum extent feasible under the Telecommunications Act and regulate, if needed, in a manner that interferes with market forces to the minimum extent necessary. Additional discussion of regulatory matters and recent develop- ments specific to the Wireless, Cable and Media segments follows. 50 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS WIRELESS REGUL ATION AND REGUL ATORY DEVELOPMENTS Advanced Wireless Services (“AWS”) Auction On November 28, 2007, Industry Canada released its policy frame- work for the upcoming AWS auction in a document entitled Policy Framework for the Auction for Spectrum Licences for Advanced Wireless Services and other Spectrum in the 2 GHz Range. Of the 90 MHz of available AWS spectrum, 40 MHz have been set aside for new entrants. The auction will take place commencing May 27, 2008. interested in, and if there were no other parties expressing inter- est in those blocks, they were the successful party. In this process, Wireless obtained an additional nine licences at a nominal cost. The remaining licences were auctioned commencing January 10, 2005, and Wireless was successful in supplementing its spectrum holdings from 2004 with a further 40 licences at a cost of $5 million. See also below under “Wireless’ Expansion and Investment in the Inukshuk Business May Have Considerable Risks”. All carriers will be allowed to roam on the networks of other car- riers outside of their licenced territories. New entrants will be able to roam on the networks of incumbent carriers for five years within their licenced territories and for 10 years nationally. National new entrant licencees will be entitled to five years of roaming and a fur- ther five years if they comply with specified rollout requirements. New entrants are defined as carriers with less than 10% of Canada’s wireless revenue. Roaming is to be provided at commercial rates. In the event that the parties cannot agree, the rates and other terms will be settled by an arbitrator. Industry Canada expects that roaming will be offered at commercial rates that are reasonably comparable to rates that are currently charged to others for simi- lar services. Industry Canada also mandated antenna tower and site sharing for all holders of spectrum licences, radio licences and broadcasting certificates. All of these entities must share towers and antenna sites where technically feasible at commercial rates. Where parties cannot agree on terms, the terms will be set by arbitration. It is expected that site-sharing arrangements would be offered at commercial rates that are reasonably comparable to rates currently charged to others for similar access. Spectrum Licence Issues On August 27, 2004, Industry Canada rescinded the cap on owner- ship of mobile spectrum. Up to that time, Canadian carriers were limited to a maximum of 55 megahertz of mobile spectrum. After a public consultation earlier in 2004 as to whether the cap should be maintained, removed or increased, Industry Canada advised that the cap would be removed, effective immediately. Fixed Wireless Spectrum Auction On February 9, 2004, Industry Canada commenced an auction for one block of 30 megahertz of spectrum in the 2300 MHz band as well as three blocks of 50 megahertz of spectrum and one block of 25 megahertz of spectrum in the 3500 MHz band. The auction was completed on February 16, 2004. There were over 172 geographic licence areas in Canada for each available block. Licencees have flexibility in determining the services to be offered and the tech- nologies to be deployed in the spectrum. Industry Canada expected that the spectrum will be used for point-to-point or point-to-multi- point broadband services. Wireless participated in this spectrum auction and, as a result, acquired 33 blocks of spectrum in various licence areas for an aggregate bid price of $6 million. Industry Canada initiated another auction process to make avail- able the blocks of spectrum that did not sell in the February 2004 process. Parties were able to identify those blocks that they were Tower Policy On June 28, 2007, Industry Canada released its new Tower Policy (CPC-2-0-03 – Radiocommunication and Broadcasting Antenna Systems). The policy will require wireless carriers and broadcasters to engage in more local and public consultation prior to erecting or significantly modifying antenna structures. The new policy could make it more difficult for Wireless and Rogers Broadcasting to erect towers required for their businesses. The new policy was effective January 1, 2008. Inukshuk On March 31, 2006, Industry Canada approved the transfer of Wireless’ Inukshuk licence to Inukshuk Wireless Partnership, a Rogers-Bell joint venture. New licence terms were also issued. These licence terms require Inukshuk to return spectrum that it is not using as of December 31, 2009. At the same time as the licence was issued, Industry Canada issued their new policy on the 2.5 GHz spectrum used by Inukshuk. The policy confirms that the spectrum is currently only to be used for fixed services (which, in Canada, includes portable services). Companies that wish to have a mobile licence for this spectrum will be required to apply for a mobile licence and will be required to return one-third of the spec- trum to the government. The returned spectrum will be auctioned. There is no assurance that Wireless or any other incumbent licencee would be allowed to purchase the spectrum at an auction. See dis- cussion below entitled “We Are and Will Continue to Be Involved in Litigation”. In SAB-002-06 Consultation on Implementation Matters Related to the Band Plan and the Mobile Service for the Band 2500 – 2690 MHz, Industry Canada announced a consultation process on 2.5 GHz spectrum. This process is to include a discussion of the implementation matters associated with harmonizing with the U.S. band plan. The process will also examine issues related to setting a firm transition date to allow for nation-wide implementation of the band plan and the mobile service. Wireless Video Services In a decision issued on April 12, 2006, the CRTC determined that the mobile TV services provided by Wireless are exempt from regu- lation because they are delivered over the Internet. Furthermore, the CRTC has promulgated a new order that will exempt all mobile TV services from regulation, whether they are delivered over the Internet or not. However, point-to-multipoint services are not exempt from regulation. We believe that this decision will allow Wireless to offer innovative new services with a minimum of regu- latory impediments. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 51 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS C ABLE REGUL ATION AND REGUL ATORY DEVELOPMENTS Part II Fees The CRTC collects two different types of fees from broadcast licen- cees. These are known as Part I and Part II fees. In 2003 and 2004, lawsuits were commenced in the Federal Court, alleging that the Part II licence fees are taxes rather than fees and that the regula- tions authorizing them are unlawful. On December 14, 2006, the Federal Court ruled that the CRTC did not have the jurisdiction to charge Part II fees. The Court ruled that licencees were not entitled to a refund of past fees paid. Both the Crown and the applicants have appealed this case to the Federal Court of Appeal. The appli- cants are seeking an order requiring a refund of past fees paid. The Crown is seeking to reverse the finding that Part II fees are unlaw- ful. On October 15, 2007, the CRTC sent a letter to all broadcast licencees, including Cable and Rogers Broadcasting, stating that the CRTC would not collect Part II licence fees due on November 30, 2007 and subsequent years unless the Federal Court of Appeal or the Supreme Court of Canada (should the case be appealed to that level) reverses the Federal Court’s decision. The Federal Court of Appeal heard the appeal on December 4 and 5, 2007, but has not yet rendered a decision. access and advertising. The reports’ recommendations, if adopted, could have a material impact on our Broadcasting and Cable opera- tions. The reports’ recommendations will be examined in the April hearing. Fee-for-Carriage and Distant Signal Fees On May 17, 2007, the CRTC released Determination regarding certain aspects of the regulatory framework for over-the-air tele- vision; Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2007-53. In that decision, the Commission determined that it would not adopt a fee for the carriage of over-the-air television stations by Broadcasting Distribution Undertakings. On November 6, 2007, the Commission determined that it would broaden the scope of Review of the regu- latory frameworks for broadcasting distribution undertakings and discretionary programming services; Broadcasting Notice of Public Hearing CRTC 2007-10 by including a re-examination of the fee-for- carriage issue. On November 30, 2007, the Commission clarified that it considered issues related to distant signals to be within the scope of this proceeding. We expect that some parties to the proceeding will make proposals for increases in the fees that we pay for these distant signals. Diversity of Ownership Canadian Television Fund In light of recent acquisition announcements in the Canadian broadcasting industry, the CRTC launched a public proceeding to review its approach to ownership consolidation and the avail- ability of a diversity of voices in the broadcasting system. The CRTC examined issues such as common ownership; concentration of ownership; horizontal and vertical integration; the benefits policy; licence trafficking; as well as the CRTC’s relationship with the Competition Bureau. The decision was released on January 15, 2008. The decision announced that companies would not be able to own local newspapers, television stations and radio stations in a given local market. Television broadcasters cannot own more than 45% of the market (including both over-the-air and specialty) measured by total hours tuned. Broadcast distribution undertak- ings cannot control all of the distribution network in the market. Management does not believe that these restrictions will impact our current plans. Review of Broadcasting Regulations On May 10, 2007, the Chair of the CRTC announced that the CRTC had commissioned a report to look at all Canadian broadcasting regulations. The report will look at each regulation or policy and ask what its original purpose was, whether it is still relevant and effective and whether it should be retained, improved, streamlined or eliminated. A hearing on this matter is scheduled for April 7, 2008. On July 5, 2007, the CRTC issued Broadcasting Notice of Public Hearing CRTC 2007-10; Review of the regulatory frameworks for broadcasting distribution undertakings and discretionary program- ming services. This proceeding is a comprehensive review of the regulations affecting cable operators and pay and specialty ser- vices. The CRTC has made a number of proposals designed to move away from detailed regulation and rely more on market forces. On September 12, 2007, the CRTC released the Dunbar/Leblanc report. The report recommended changes to the rules in a number of areas including simultaneous substitution, genre protection, On February 20, 2007, the CRTC set up a task force to investigate issues related to the funding of Canadian programming and the governance of the Canadian Television Fund. It consulted broadly within the industry and issued a Report with recommendations on June 29, 2007. Among other things, the Report recommended that the Broadcasting Distribution Regulations be amended so that funds contributed by broadcast distribution undertakings be allocated to a more flexible and market-oriented private sector funding stream, and that a $25 million New Media Fund be established. The CRTC then asked for comments on the Task Force’s recommendations and received 184 comments on July 27, 2007, from all sectors of the broadcasting industry. On November 5, 2007, the CRTC announced it would hold a public hearing on a variety of issues raised in the Report, primarily related to the establishment of the private sector funding stream and the criteria that must be met in order to access the funding. However, it also announced it would examine at the hearing whether BDUs and VOD services should contribute more to the fund (BDUs already contribute 5% of their gross broadcasting revenues while VOD services contribute 5% of gross revenues (defined as 50% of the retail price for a VOD title)). We expect that a number of parties to the proceeding will support increases to the contributions currently made by BDUs and VOD services. Local Telephone Forbearance On April 4, 2007, the Federal Cabinet overturned the CRTC’s 2006 Local Forbearance Decision. Effective April 4, 2007, the CRTC rules on winback (which prohibited the incumbent phone companies from contacting customers for three months after they chose an alternate telephone provider) and promotions (which imposed competitive safeguards for temporary pricing changes) were removed. In addition, the incumbent phone companies are able to apply for deregulation by simply showing that they compete with a wireline facilities-based provider and a wireless facilities provider in a telephone exchange. As long as the competitive wireline facilities 52 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS provider’s service is available to 75% of the subscribers in an exchange and the incumbents meet quality of service tests (which were reduced by the Cabinet), the incumbents are deregulated within 120 days of application to the CRTC. Distribution of Digital Television Signals On January 7, 2005, the CRTC released a public notice calling for comments on the transition of analog pay and specialty services from analog distribution to digital distribution. A decision was released on February 28, 2006. The decision provides cable opera- tors, such as Cable, with increased flexibility to package analog services in digital theme packages and in a la carte “pick packs”. The analog services must be sold in digital tiers that “mirror” the analog tiers until at least 2010 and in some circumstances, until 2013. The decision also allows entire analog tiers to be moved to digital once 85% of the customers who have that tier have a digital box. Essential Facilities On November 9, 2006, the CRTC issued Telecom Public Notice CRTC 2006-14; Review of regulatory framework for wholesale services and definition of essential service. This proceeding considered a revised definition of essential service, and the classifications and pricing principles for essential and non-essential services made available by incumbent telephone companies, cable carriers and competitive local exchange carriers to other competitors at regulated rates (wholesale services). An oral hearing took place in October 2007 and we expect a decision in 2008. Any reduction in the wholesale services available to Cable or any increase in the prices of those services as a result of this proceeding could have a serious and neg- ative effect on Cable’s business plan. MEDIA R EGUL ATION AND R EGUL ATORY D EVELOPMENTS Commercial Radio Policy 2006 In 2006, the CRTC released its revised policy for commercial radio. The CRTC decided not to raise Canadian content levels for stations with mainstream music formats. Cancon levels remain unchanged at 35%. Instead, the CRTC decided to place additional emphasis on the development and promotion of Canadian talent. Taking effect on September 1, 2007, the CRTC raised annual contributions for Canadian Content Development (“CCD”) from their current levels. A percentage of revenue formula (0.5% for station annual revenue over $1.25 million) will increase the annual payments made by most of the Rogers Radio stations. The tangible benefits test for radio station acquisitions remains unchanged at 6% of the value of the transaction. The CRTC denied requests to increase the benefits test to 10%. The CRTC approved the creation of a new Digital Radio licence category. Existing transitional licences can be converted to these new Digital radio licences, and licencees have the ability to provide completely separate programming. There will no longer be a requirement to simulcast the programming from the analog radio signal. Rogers Broadcasting is the licencee of transitional digital radio licences in Toronto, Vancouver and Ottawa. Commercial Radio Copyright Tariffs In October 2005, the Copyright Board released its decision relating to the Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers of Canada (“SOCAN”) and Neighbouring Rights Collective Society (“NRCS”) tariffs affecting commercial radio broadcasters. Retroactive to January 2003, the royalty rates for both tariffs would have increased significantly. The new rates imposed by the Board affected the results of Media’s radio operations. However, following a successful appeal decision from the Federal Court of Appeal in October 2006, the Copyright Board will now have to re-examine the basis upon which the tariff increases had been approved. Such a process is underway. Satellite Radio Services On June 16, 2005, the CRTC issued decisions approving three new subscription radio services. These decisions were appealed to the Federal Cabinet and these appeals were not successful. Two of the services are satellite-delivered, partnering with established and well-financed satellite radio operators in the U.S. These two ser- vices have now launched. These new subscription services offer a wide variety of music and spoken word programming channels, and will compete for audiences with the Media radio stations in mar- kets across Canada. However, given that these new services are also prohibited from carrying local programming content and selling local advertising, the Media radio stations expect to sustain their competitive advantage as local broadcasters in their local markets. 2007 CRTC Policy for Specialty and Pay TV Sector On July 28, 2006, the CRTC administratively renewed the licences for a number of programming services that were first licenced in 2000/2001, extending their expiry dates to August 31, 2009. The CRTC decided to extend these licences by two years so that it can take into account the determinations that will result from its review of the policy framework for discretionary programming services. This applies to the video-on-demand service operated by Cable, as well as all specialty and digital services operated by Media (Rogers Sportsnet, G4TechTV Canada and The Biography Channel Canada). See above under Cable regarding the Review of Broadcasting Regulations, Part II Fees and Diversity of Ownership. COMPETITION IN OUR B USINESSES We currently face effective competition in each of our primary busi- nesses from entities providing substantially similar services, some of which have significantly greater resources than we do. Each of our segments also faces competition from entities utilizing alterna- tive communications and transmission technologies and may face competition from other technologies being developed or to be developed in the future. Below is a discussion of the specific com- petition facing each of our Wireless, Cable and Media businesses. Wireless Competition At December 31, 2007, the highly-competitive Canadian wireless industry had approximately 20 million subscribers. Competition for wireless subscribers is based on price, scope of services, service coverage, quality of service, sophistication of wireless technology, breadth of distribution, selection of equipment, brand and mar- keting. Wireless also competes with its rivals for dealers and retail distribution outlets. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 53 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS In the wireless voice and data market, Wireless competes primar- ily with two other national wireless service providers and regional players, and with resellers such as Virgin Mobile Canada, Primus, Vidéotron, and other emerging providers using alternative wireless technologies, such as WiFi “hotspots”. Wireless messaging (or one- way paging) also competes with a number of local and national paging providers and potential users of wireless voice and data systems may find their communications needs satisfied by other current or development technologies, such as WiFi “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which have the technical capability to handle mobile telephone calls. In 2008, an auction of AWS spectrum will take place. The auction rules set aside 40 MHz of spectrum that only new entrants can bid on. In addition, new entrants have the right to roam on incumbents’ networks at commercial rates, both in-territory (for five years) and out-of-territory (for 10 years). These rules will likely create addi- tional competition for Wireless. See the section entitled “Wireless Regulation and Regulatory Developments” for further details. Cable Competition Canadian cable television systems generally face legal and illegal competition from several alternative Canadian multi-channel broad- casting distribution systems, illegal U.S. direct broadcast satellite service providers, terrestrially-based video service providers, satellite master antenna television, and multi-channel, multi-point wire- less distribution systems, as well as from the direct reception by antenna of over-the-air local and regional broadcast television signals. In addition, the availability of television shows and mov- ies on the Internet is increasingly becoming a direct competitor to Canadian cable television systems. Cable’s Internet access services compete generally with a number of other Internet Service Providers (“ISPs”) offering competing residen- tial and commercial dial-up and high-speed Internet access services. The Rogers Hi-Speed Internet Express, Extreme, Extreme Plus, Lite and Ultra-Lite services, where available, compete directly with Bell’s DSL Internet service in the Internet market in Ontario, with the DSL Internet services of Aliant in New Brunswick and Newfoundland and Labrador, and various DSL resellers in local markets. Rogers Retail competes with other DVD and video game sales and rental store chains, as well as individually owned and oper- ated outlets and, more recently, online-based subscription rental services and illegally downloaded movies and television shows. Competition is principally based on location, price and availability of titles. Rogers Retail also competes with other retail stores that sell wireless and video products of our competitors. One of the biggest forces for potential change in the telecommu- nications industry is the threat of substitution of the traditional wireline video, voice and data services by new technologies. Wireless is often cited as an eventual replacement for the standard home telephone, although experience shows that mobile phones are used primarily as second lines. The popularity of mobile phones among younger generations has resulted in some abandonment of wireline service. Internet delivery has the potential to be a threat to voice and video service delivery. Younger generations use the Internet as a substitute for traditional wireline telephone and tele- vision services. 54 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT Media Competition Broadcasting’s radio stations compete with the other stations in their respective market areas as well as with other media, such as newspapers, magazines, television, outdoor advertising, direct mail marketing and the Internet. Competition within the radio broadcasting industry occurs primarily in individual market areas, amongst individual market stations. On a national level, Media’s Broadcasting division competes generally with other larger radio operators, which own and operate radio station clusters in markets across Canada. Additionally, over the past several years the CRTC has granted additional licences in various markets for the develop ment of new radio stations, which in turn provide additional competi- tion to the established stations in the respective markets. Two new licenced satellite subscription-based radio services now provide competition to Broadcasting’s radio stations. New technologies, such as on-line web information services, music downloading, MP3 players and on-line music streaming services, provide competition for broadcasting radio stations’ audience share. On a product level, The Shopping Channel competes with various retail stores, catalog retailers, Internet retailers and direct mail retailers. On a broadcasting level, The Shopping Channel competes with other television channels for viewer attention and loyalty, and particularly with infomercials selling products on television. The Canadian magazine industry is highly-competitive, compet- ing for both readers and advertisers. This competition comes from other Canadian magazines and from foreign, mostly U.S., titles that sell in significant quantities in Canada. In the past, the com- petition from foreign titles has been restricted to competition for readers as there have been restrictions on foreigners operating in the Canadian magazine advertising market. These restrictions were significantly reduced as a result of the enactment in 1999 of the Foreign Publishers Advertising Services Act (Canada) and amend- ments to the Canadian Tax Act. Increasing competition from U.S. magazines for advertising revenues is expected in the coming years. On-line information and entertainment websites compete with the Canadian magazine publications for readership and revenue. OMNI, Citytv and Sportsnet compete principally for viewers and advertisers with television stations that broadcast in their local markets. These include Canadian television stations as well as U.S. border stations, specialty channels and increasingly with other distant Canadian signals and U.S. border stations given the time-shifting capacity available to digital subscribers. On-line infor- mation and entertainment and entertainment websites, and video downloading compete with OMNI, Citytv and Sportsnet for share of viewership. RISkS AND U NCERTAINTIES A FFEC TING OUR B USINESSES Our business is subject to risks and uncertainties that could result in a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. A discussion of the risks and uncertainties to us and our subsidiar- ies, as well as a discussion of the specific risks and uncertainties associated with each of our businesses, is presented below. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS RISkS AND UNCERTAINTIES APPLIC ABLE TO RCI AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES We Face Substantial Competition. The competition facing our businesses is described in the section entitled “Competition In Our Businesses”. There can be no assur- ance that our current or future competitors will not provide services comparable or superior to those we provide, or at lower prices, adapt more quickly to evolving industry trends or changing market requirements, enter the market in which we operate, or introduce competing services. Any of these factors could reduce our market share or decrease our revenue or increase churn. Wireless antici- pates some ongoing re-pricing of the existing subscriber base as lower pricing offered to attract new customers is extended to or requested by existing customers. In addition, as wireless penetration of the population deepens, new wireless customers may generate lower average monthly revenues than those from its existing cus- tomers, which could slow revenue growth. The CRTC Broadcasting Distribution Regulations do not allow Cable or its competitors to obtain exclusive contracts in buildings where it is technically feasible to install two or more systems. We Are Controlled by One Shareholder. At December 31, 2007, we had outstanding 112,462,014 RCI Class A Voting shares. To the knowledge of our Directors and Officers, the only person or corporation beneficially owning, directly or indi- rectly, or exercising control or direction over more than 10% of our outstanding voting shares is Edward S. Rogers, our President and CEO, and a Director. As of December 31, 2007, Edward S. Rogers ben- eficially owned or controlled 102,232,198 RCI Class A Voting shares, representing approximately 90.9% of the issued and outstanding RCI Class A Voting shares, which class is the only class of issued shares carrying the right to vote in all circumstances. Accordingly, Edward S. Rogers is able to elect all of our Board of Directors and to control the vote on matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Our Holding Company Structure May Limit Our Ability to Meet Our Financial Obligations. As a holding company, our ability to meet our financial obligations is dependent primarily upon the receipt of interest and principal payments on intercompany advances, rental payments, cash divi- dends and other payments from our subsidiaries together with proceeds raised by us through the issuance of equity and debt and from the sale of assets. Substantially all of our business activities are operated by our sub- sidiaries, other than certain centralized functions, such as payables, remittance processing, call centres, real estate, and certain shared information technology functions. All of our subsidiaries are distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or other- wise, to make funds available to us whether by dividends, interest payments, loans, advances or other payments, subject to payment arrangements on intercompany advances. In addition, the payment of dividends and the making of loans, advances and other payments to us by these subsidiaries are subject to statutory or contractual restrictions, are contingent upon the earnings of those subsidiaries and are subject to various business and other considerations. Certain subsidiaries provide unsecured guarantees of our bank and public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. Changes in Government Regulations Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations in Wireless, Cable and Media. As described under Government Regulation and Regulatory Developments, substantially all of our business activities are reg- ulated by Industry Canada and/or the CRTC, and accordingly our results of operations on a consolidated basis could be adversely affected by changes in regulations and by the decisions of these regulators. This regulation relates to, among other things, licenc- ing, competition, the cable television programming services that we must distribute, wireless and wireline interconnection agree- ments, the rates we may charge to provide access to our network by third parties, resale of our networks and roaming on to our net- works, our operation and ownership of communications systems and our ability to acquire an interest in other communications sys- tems. In addition, the costs of providing services may be increased from time-to-time as a result of compliance with industry or legis- lative initiatives to address consumer protection concerns or such Internet-related issues as copyright infringement, unsolicited com- mercial e-mail, cyber-crime and lawful access. Our cable, wireless and broadcasting licences may not generally be transferred with- out regulatory approval. Generally, our licences are granted for a specified term and are subject to conditions on the maintenance of these licences. These licencing conditions may be modified at any time by the regulators. The regulators may decide not to renew a licence when it expires and any failure by us to comply with the conditions on the mainte- nance of a licence could result in a revocation or forfeiture of any of our licences or the imposition of fines. The licences include conditions requiring us to comply with Canadian ownership restrictions of the applicable legislation. We are currently in compliance with all of these Canadian ownership and control requirements. However, were these requirements to be violated, we would be subject to various penalties, possibly includ- ing, in the extreme case, the loss of a licence. We May Engage in Unsuccessful Acquisitions or Divestitures. Acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies, devel- opment of strategic alliances and divestitures of portions of our business are an active part of our overall business strategy. Services, technologies, key personnel or businesses of acquired companies may not be effectively assimilated into our business or service offerings and our alliances may not be successful. We may not be able to successfully complete any divestitures on satisfactory terms, if at all. Divestitures may result in a reduction in our total revenues and net income. We Have Substantial Debt and Interest Payment Requirements that May Restrict our Future Operations and Impair our Ability to Meet our Financial Obligations. Our substantial debt may have important consequences. For instance, it could: • Make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations; • Require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due under our debt, which would reduce funds available for other business purposes; ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 55 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS • Increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; • Limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; • Place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to some of our competitors that have less financial leverage; and • Limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes. Our ability to satisfy our obligations and to reduce our total debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow and future financings may not be available to provide sufficient net proceeds to meet these obligations or to successfully execute our business strategy. We Are Subject to Various Risks from Competing Technologies. There are several technologies that may impact the way in which our services are delivered. These technologies include broadband, IP-based voice, data and video delivery services; the mass market deployment of optical fibre technologies to the residential and business markets; the deployment of broadband wireless access, and wireless services using radio frequency spectrum to which we may have limited access. These technologies may result in signifi- cantly different cost structures for the users of the technologies, and may consequently affect the long-term viability of certain of our currently deployed technologies. Some of these new tech- nologies may allow competitors to enter our markets with similar products or services that may have lower cost structures. Some of these competitors may be larger with more access to financial resources than we have. We May Fail to Achieve Expected Revenue Growth from New and Advanced Services. We expect that a substantial portion of our future revenue growth will be achieved from new and advanced services. Accordingly, we have invested and continue to invest significant capital resources in the development of our networks in order to offer these services. However, there may not be sufficient consumer demand for these new and advanced services. Alternatively, we may fail to anticipate or satisfy demand for certain products and services, or may not be able to offer or market these new products and services successfully to subscribers. The failure to attract subscribers to new products and services, or failure to keep pace with changing consumer preferences for products and services, would slow revenue growth and have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. We Are Highly-Dependent Upon our Information Technology Systems and the Inability to Enhance our Systems or a Security Breach or Disaster Could Have an Adverse Impact on our Financial Results and Operations. The day-to-day operations of our businesses are highly-dependent on their information technology systems. An inability to enhance information technology systems to accommodate additional cus- tomer growth and support new products and services could have an adverse impact on our ability to acquire new subscribers, manage subscriber churn, produce accurate and timely subscriber invoices, generate revenue growth and manage operating expenses, all of which could adversely impact our financial results and position. In addition, we use industry standard network and information technology security, survivability and disaster recovery practices. A portion of our employees and critical elements of the network infrastructure and information technology systems are located at the corporate offices in Toronto, Ontario, and Brampton, Ontario, as well as an operations facility in Markham, Ontario. In the event that we cannot access these facilities, as a result of a natural or manmade disaster or otherwise, operations may be significantly affected and may result in a condition that is beyond the scope of our ability to recover without significant service interruption and commensurate revenue and customer loss. We Are Subject to General Economic Conditions. Our businesses are affected by general economic conditions, con- sumer confidence and spending. A recession or decline in economic activity or economic uncertainty may erode consumer confidence and materially reduce discretionary consumer spending. Any reduc- tion in discretionary spending by consumers or weak economic conditions may materially negatively affect us through decreased demand for our products and services including decreased advertis- ing, decreased revenue and profitability, higher churn and higher bad debt expense. Network Failures Could Reduce Revenue and Impact Customer Service. The failure of the networks or a component of the networks would, in some circumstances, result in an indefinite loss of service for our customers and could adversely impact our financial results and position. In addition, we rely on business partners to carry certain of our customers’ traffic. The failure of one of these carriers might also cause an interruption in service for our customers that would last until we could reroute the traffic to an alternative carrier. We Are and Will Continue to Be Involved in Litigation. In August 2004, a proceeding under the Class Actions Act (Saskatchewan) was brought against providers of wireless commu- nications in Canada. Since that time, similar proposed class actions have also been commenced in Newfoundland and Labrador, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Québec, Ontario, Manitoba, Alberta and British Columbia. The proceeding involves allegations by wireless customers of, among other things, breach of contract, misrepre- sentation, false advertising and unjust enrichment with respect to the system access fee charged by Wireless to some of its customers. The plaintiffs seek unquantified damages from the defendants. Wireless believes it has a good defence to the allegations. The plaintiffs applied for an order certifying a national class action in Saskatchewan. In September 2007, the Saskatchewan court granted the plaintiffs’ application to have the proceeding certified as a class action. We are applying for leave to appeal this decision to the Saskatchewan Court of Appeal. In February 2008, the Saskatchewan Court granted our application to amend the certification order so as to exclude from the class of plaintiffs any customer bound by 56 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS an arbitration clause with Wireless or Fido. We have not recorded a liability for this contingency since the likelihood and amount of any potential loss cannot be reasonably estimated. If the ultimate resolution of this action differs from our assessment and assump- tions, a material adjustment to our financial position and results of operations could result. In December 2004, we were served with a court order compelling us to produce certain records and other information relevant to an investigation initiated by the Commissioner of Competition under the misleading advertising provisions of the Competition Act with respect to our system access fee. In July 2007, we were advised by the Competition Bureau that the inquiry has been discontinued. In April 2004, a proceeding was brought against Fido and others claiming damages totalling $160 million, specific performance, breach of contract, breach of confidence and breach of fiduciary duty. The proceeding is seeking to add Inukshuk Wireless Partnership, our 50% owned joint venture, as a party to the action. The proceeding is at an early stage. We believe we have good defences to the claim and no amounts have been provided in the accounts. We believe that we have adequately provided for income taxes based on all of the information that is currently available. The calcu- lation of income taxes in many cases, however, requires significant judgment in interpreting tax rules and regulations. Our tax filings are subject to audits which would materially change the amount of current and future income tax assets and liabilities and could, in cer- tain circumstances, result in assessment of interest and penalties. There exist certain other claims and potential claims against us, none of which is expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. Tariff Increases Could Adversely Affect Results of Operations. Copyright liability pressures continue to affect our services. If fees were to increase, such increases could adversely affect our results of operations. WIRELESS R ISkS AND U NCERTAINTIES The Spectrum Auction Could Increase Competition. On November 28, 2007, Industry Canada released its policy frame- work for the upcoming AWS auction in a document entitled: Policy Framework for the Auction for Spectrum Licences for Advanced Wireless Services and other Spectrum in the 2 GHz Range. Of the 90 MHz of available AWS spectrum, 40 MHz have been set aside for new entrants. The auction will take place commencing May 27, 2008. The results of this auction could create additional competi- tion for Wireless. See the section entitled “Wireless Regulation and Regulatory Developments” for further details. Long-Distance Equal Access Could Increase Competition. The CRTC’s three-year Work Plan indicates their intent to review the issue of Long-Distance Equal Access for Wireless Carriers. If required, this may introduce additional competition in the provision of wireless long-distance, as well as impact Wireless’ long-distance revenues. The Recommendation of the National Wireless Tower Policy Review Could Increase Wireless’ Costs or Delay the Expansion of Wireless’ Networks. On June 28, 2007, Industry Canada released a new Tower Policy (CPC-2-0-03). On June 28, 2007, Industry Canada released a new antenna siting policy that took effect on January 1, 2008. The new policy affects all parties that plan to install or modify an antenna system, including Personal Communications Services (“PCS”), cel- lular and broadcasting service providers. Among other things, the policy requires that antenna proponents must consider the use of existing antenna structures before proposing new structures and owners of existing systems must respond to sharing requests. Antenna proponents must also undertake public notification using defined processes and must address local requirements and con- cerns. Certain types of antenna installations are excluded from the requirement to consult with local authorities and the public. Changes in Technology Could Increase Competition. Wireless is presently the only carrier in Canada operating on the world standard GSM/GPRS/EDGE/HSPA technology. As a result, Wireless is able to offer its customers the ability to roam in other countries using a variety of handsets, and is effectively the exclu- sive provider of wireless services to visitors to Canada from many other countries. If any other service provider introduces services using the same technology as Wireless, this could reduce Wireless’ market share or revenue. In addition, Wireless is also able to obtain access to a wide variety of handsets that are often not available to its competitors. Foreign Ownership Changes Could Increase Competition. Wireless could face increased competition if there is a removal or relaxation of the limits on foreign ownership and control of wire- less licences. Legislative action to remove or relax these limits could result in foreign telecommunication companies entering the Canadian wireless communications market, through the acquisition of either wireless licences or of a holder of wireless licences. The entry into the market of such companies with significantly greater capital resources than Wireless could reduce Wireless’ market share and cause Wireless’ revenues to decrease. There is No Guarantee that Wireless’ Third Generation Technology Will Be Competitive or Compatible with Other Technologies or Will Be Deployed as Planned. Wireless began deploying a 3G wireless network in 2006 based upon UMTS/HSPA technology, which is currently the most widely deployed worldwide, and which Wireless expects will provide it with data speeds that are superior to those offered by other 3G wireless technologies and which will enable Wireless to add incre- mental voice and data capacity at a lower cost. While Wireless and other U.S. and international operators have selected these tech- nologies as an evolutionary step from their current and future networks, other competing technologies are being developed and implemented in both Canada and other parts of the world. None of the competing 3G technologies are directly compatible with each other. If the third generation technology that gains the most widespread acceptance is not compatible with Wireless’ networks, competing services based on such alternative technology may be preferable to subscribers and Wireless’ business may be materially adversely affected. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 57 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS In order to implement the transition to third generation technol- ogy successfully: • Network technology developers must complete the refinement of third generation network technologies, in Wireless’ case UMTS/HSPA; and • Wireless must complete the implementation of the supporting wireline network infrastructure to support third generation tech- nologies, which will include design and installation of upgrades to existing network equipment. other things, extend delivery times, raise prices and limit supply due to their own shortages and business requirements. If these sup- pliers fail to deliver products and services on a timely basis or fail to develop and deliver handsets that satisfy Wireless’ customers’ demands, this could have a negative impact on Wireless’ business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, interruptions in the supply of equipment for our networks could impact the quality of Wireless’ service or impede network development and expansion. Wireless cannot be certain that these steps will be completed in the time frame or at the cost anticipated. Wireless’ third generation technology network may rely, in some instances, on new and unproven technology. As with any new technology, there is a risk that the new technology Wireless has chosen for its network will not perform as expected, that Wireless may be unable to integrate the new technology with current technology and that Wireless may be unable to deliver next generation services in a cost-effective manner. The occurrence of any of these difficulties could delay the development of Wireless’ network, which could materially adversely affect Wireless’ business. Wireless’ Expansion and Investment in the Inukshuk Business May Have Considerable Risks. In 2000, Fido obtained licences in the 2.5 MHz or MCS spectrum. This spectrum was acquired in a competitive licencing process and accordingly is subject to rollout commitments and commitments to fund a “Learning Plan”. If Wireless is unable to roll out the service in accordance with Industry Canada requirements, the MCS licences could be revoked by Industry Canada. On September 16, 2005, Wireless announced a joint venture with Bell Canada to build a nationwide fixed wireless network by pool- ing our respective fixed wireless spectrum holdings and access to combined cellular tower and backhaul assets. This joint venture, known as Inukshuk, will require significant funding, will generate losses in the start-up phases, and entails risks and uncertainties. Amongst other things, the nationwide fixed wireless network that the joint venture plans to fund and deploy is based upon an early generation of a relatively new technology, the standards for which may not become widely adopted. In addition, there is no certainty that the services that will be enabled by the fixed wireless network will function as planned or that such services would attract wide customer adoption at price points that would enable the joint venture to recover its costs. Wireless is Dependent on Certain key Infrastructure and Handset Vendors, Which Could Impact the Quality of Wireless’ Services or Impede Network Development and Expansion. Wireless has relationships with a small number of essential network infrastructure and handset vendors, over which it has no opera- tional or financial control and only limited influence in how the vendors conduct their businesses. The failure of one of our network infrastructure suppliers could delay programs to provide additional network capacity or new capabilities and services across the busi- ness. Handsets and network infrastructure suppliers may, among Restrictions on the Use of Wireless Handsets While Driving May Reduce Subscriber Usage. Certain provincial government bodies have introduced legislation to restrict or prohibit wireless handset usage while driving (hands- free usage would be permitted). Legislation banning the use of hand-held phones while driving, while permitting the use of hands- free devices, has been implemented in Newfoundland. Legislation has been passed, but the ban has not yet been implemented, in Nova Scotia and Québec. Legislation has been proposed in other jurisdic- tions to restrict or prohibit the use of wireless handsets while driving motor vehicles. Some studies have indicated that certain aspects of using wireless handsets while driving may impair the attention of drivers in various circumstances, making accidents more likely. Laws prohibiting or restricting the use of wireless handsets while driv- ing could have the effect of reducing subscriber usage, which could cause an adverse effect on Wireless’ business. Additionally, concerns over the use of wireless handsets while driving could lead to litiga- tion relating to accidents, deaths or bodily injuries, which could also have an adverse effect on Wireless’ business. Concerns About Radio Frequency Emissions May Adversely Affect Our Business. Occasionally, media and other reports have highlighted alleged links between radio frequency emissions from wireless handsets and various health concerns, including cancer, and interference with various medical devices, including hearing aids and pacemakers. While there are no definitive reports or studies stating that such health issues are directly attributable to radio frequency emissions, concerns over radio frequency emissions may discourage the use of wireless handsets or expose us to potential litigation. It is also pos- sible that future regulatory actions may result in the imposition of more restrictive standards on radio frequency emissions from low powered devices, such as wireless handsets. Wireless is unable to predict the nature or extent of any such potential restrictions. C ABLE R ISkS AND U NCERTAINTIES Cable Telephony is Highly-Dependent on Facilities and Services of the ILECs. Cable’s out-of-territory telephony business is highly-dependent on the availability of unbundled facilities acquired from incumbent telecom operators, pursuant to CRTC rules. On November 9, 2006, the CRTC commenced a proceeding entitled Review of regulatory framework for wholesale services and definition of essential ser- vice, in order to review these rules. Changes to these rules could severely affect the cost of operating these businesses. 58 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Failure to Obtain Access to Support Structures and Municipal Rights of Way Could Increase Cable’s Costs and Adversely Affect Our Business. Cable requires access to support structures and municipal rights of way in order to deploy facilities. Where access to municipal rights of way cannot be secured, Cable may apply to the CRTC to obtain a right of access under the Telecommunications Act. However, the Supreme Court of Canada ruled in 2003 that the CRTC does not have the jurisdiction to establish the terms and conditions of access to the poles of hydroelectric companies. As a result of this decision, Cable’s access to the poles of hydroelectric companies are obtained pursuant to orders from the Ontario Energy Board and the New Brunswick Public Utilities Board. If Cable is Unable to Develop or Acquire Advanced Encryption Technology to Prevent Unauthorized Access to Its Programming, Cable Could Experience a Decline in Revenues. Cable utilizes encryption technology to protect its cable signals from unauthorized access and to control programming access based on subscription packages. There can be no assurance that Cable will be able to effectively prevent unauthorized decoding of sig- nals in the future. If Cable is unable to control cable access with our encryption technology, Cable’s subscription levels for digital pro- gramming including VOD and SVOD, as well as Rogers Retail rentals, may decline, which could result in a decline in Cable’s revenues. Increasing Programming Costs Could Adversely Affect Cable’s Results of Operations. Cable’s single most significant purchasing commitment is the total annual cost of acquiring programming. Programming costs have increased significantly in recent years, particularly in connection with the recent growth in subscriptions to digital specialty chan- nels. Increasing programming costs within the industry could adversely affect Cable’s operating results if Cable is unable to pass such programming costs on to its subscribers. broadcasters that they should be provided with the opportunity to collect fees from cable and satellite distributors for the carriage of their over-the-air signals. The ability to collect fees will impact all broadcasters, including OMNI Television and Citytv. Pressures Regarding Channel Placement Could Negatively Impact the Tier Status of Certain of Media’s Channels. Pressures regarding the favourable channel placement of The Shopping Channel and Rogers Sportsnet below the first cable tier will likely continue to exist. Unfavourable channel placement could negatively affect the results of The Shopping Channel and Sportsnet. A Loss in Media’s Leadership Position in Radio, Television or Magazine Readership Could Adversely Impact Media’s Sales Volumes and Advertising Rates. It is well established that advertising dollars migrate to media prop- erties that are leaders in their respective markets and categories when advertising budgets are tightened. Although most of Media’s radio, television and magazine properties are currently leaders in their respective markets, such leadership may not continue in the future. Advertisers base a substantial part of their purchasing decisions on statistics such as ratings and readership generated by industry associations and agencies. If Media’s radio and television ratings or magazine readership levels were to decrease substan- tially, Media’s advertising sales volumes and the rates which it charges advertisers could be adversely affected. Introduction of New Technology. The deployment of PVRs could influence Media’s capability to generate television advertising revenues as viewers are provided with the opportunity to ignore advertising aired on the television networks. The emergence of subscriber-based satellite and digital radio products could change radio audience listening habits and negatively impact the results of Media’s radio stations. MEDIA RISkS AND UNCERTAINTIES Changes in Regulatory Policies May Adversely Affect Media’s Business. In December 2006, the CRTC released its Commercial Radio Policy 2006. While Canadian talent development contributions made by all radio stations will be increasing significantly, minimum Canadian content levels will remain at 35%. This will provide radio operators with the flexibility they need to program their stations in competi- tion with an increasing array of unregulated content alternatives and distribution platforms. The CRTC is conducting a review of the specialty and pay televi- sion sector, as well as the regulations affecting all distributors (the Broadcasting Distribution Regulations). This review will focus on a number of different issues, including wholesale fees, dispute reso- lution and packaging and linkage requirements. This broad-based review will impact all specialty services, including Rogers Sportsnet, The Biography Channel Canada and G4TechTV Canada. The pro- ceeding will also examine the argument put forward by television An Increase in Paper Prices, Printing Costs or Postage Could Adversely Affect Media’s Results of Operations. A significant portion of Publishing’s operating expenses consists of paper, printing and postage expenses. Paper is Publishing’s single largest raw material expense, representing approximately 8% of Publishing’s operating expenses in 2007. Publishing depends upon outside suppliers for all of its paper supplies, holds relatively small quantities of paper in stock itself, and is unable to control paper prices, which can fluctuate considerably. Moreover, Publishing is generally unable to pass paper cost increases on to customers. Printing costs represented approximately 14% of Publishing’s oper- ating expenses in 2007. Publishing relies on third parties for all of its printing services. In addition, Publishing relies on the Canadian Postal Service to distribute a large percentage of its publications. Any disruption in printing or postage services could have a material impact on Media’s results of operations or financial condition. A material increase in paper prices, printing costs or postage expenses to Publishing could have a material adverse effect on Media’s business, results of operations or financial condition. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 59 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 5. ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND NON-GAAP MEASURES kEY P ERFORMANCE I NDIC ATORS AND N ON - GA AP MEASURES We measure the success of our strategies using a number of key performance indicators, which are outlined below. The following key performance indicators are not measurements in accordance with Canadian or U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure of performance under Canadian or U.S. GAAP. Subscriber Counts We determine the number of subscribers to our services based on active subscribers. A wireless subscriber is represented by each identifiable telephone number. A cable subscriber is represented by a dwelling unit. In the case of multiple units in one dwelling, such as an apartment building, each tenant with cable service, whether invoiced individually or having services included in his or her rent, is counted as one subscriber. Commercial or institutional units, such as hospitals or hotels, are each considered to be one subscriber. When subscribers are deactivated, either voluntarily or involuntarily for non-payment, they are considered to be deactiva- tions in the period the services are discontinued. Wireless prepaid subscribers are considered active for a period of 180 days from the date of their last revenue-generating usage. We report wireless subscribers in two categories: postpaid and prepaid. Postpaid includes voice-only and data-only subscribers, as well as subscribers with service plans integrating both voice and data, while prepaid includes voice-only subscribers. Internet, Rogers Home Phone and RBS subscribers include only those subscribers with service installed, operating and on billing and excludes those subscribers who have subscribed to the service but for whom installation of the service was still pending. Subscriber Churn Subscriber churn is calculated on a monthly basis. For any particular month, subscriber churn for Wireless represents the number of subscribers deactivating in the month divided by the aggregate number of subscribers at the beginning of the month. When used or reported for a period greater than one month, subscriber churn rep- resents the monthly average of the subscriber churn for the period. Network Revenue Network revenue, used in the Wireless segment, represents total Wireless revenue less revenue received from the sale of handset equipment. The sale of such equipment does not materially affect our operating income as we generally sell equipment to our dis- tributors at a price approximating our cost to facilitate competitive pricing at the retail level. Accordingly, we believe that network rev- enue is a more relevant measure for Wireless’ ability to increase its operating profit, as defined below. Average Revenue Per User ARPU is calculated on a monthly basis. For any particular month, ARPU represents monthly revenue divided by the average num- ber of subscribers during the month. In the case of Wireless, ARPU 60 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT represents monthly network revenue divided by the average num- ber of subscribers during the month. ARPU, when used in connection with a particular type of subscriber, represents monthly revenue generated from those subscribers divided by the average number of those subscribers during the month. When used or reported for a period greater than one month, ARPU represents the monthly average of the ARPU calculations for the period. We believe ARPU helps indicate whether we have been successful in attracting and retaining higher value subscribers. Refer to the section entitled “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” for further details on this Wireless and Cable calculation. Operating Expenses Operating expenses are segregated into three categories for assess- ing business performance: • Cost of sales, which is comprised of wireless equipment costs, Rogers Retail merchandise and depreciation of Rogers Retail rental assets, as well as cost of goods sold by The Shopping Channel; • Sales and marketing expenses, which represent the costs to acquire new subscribers (other than those related to equipment), such as advertising, commissions paid to third parties for new activations, remuneration and benefits to sales and marketing employees, as well as direct overheads related to these activities and the costs of operating the Rogers Retail store locations; and • Operating, general and administrative expenses, which include all other expenses incurred to operate the business on a day-to- day basis and service existing subscriber relationships, including retention costs, inter-carrier payments to roaming partners and long-distance carriers, network maintenance costs, programming related costs, the CRTC contribution levy, Internet and e-mail services and printing and production costs. In the wireless and cable industries in Canada, the demand for ser- vices continues to grow and the variable costs, such as commissions paid for subscriber activations, as well as the fixed costs of acquir- ing new subscribers, are significant. Fluctuations in the number of activations of new subscribers from period-to-period and the sea- sonal nature of both wireless and cable subscriber additions result in fluctuations in sales and marketing expenses and accordingly, in the overall level of operating expenses. In our Media business, sales and marketing expenses may be significant to promote publishing, radio and television properties, which in turn attract advertisers, viewers, listeners and readers. Sales and Marketing Costs (or Cost of Acquisition) Per Subscriber Sales and marketing costs per subscriber, which is also often referred to in the Wireless industry as cost of acquisition per subscriber (“COA”), “subscriber acquisition cost”, or “cost per gross addition”, is calculated by dividing total sales and marketing expenditures, plus costs related to equipment provided to new subscribers for the period, by the total number of gross subscriber activations dur- ing the period. Subscriber activations include postpaid and prepaid voice and data activations and one-way messaging activations. COA, as it relates to a particular activation, can vary depending on the level of ARPU and term of a subscriber’s contract. Refer to the section entitled “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” for further details on the calculation. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The wireless communications industry in Canada continues to grow and the costs of acquiring new subscribers are significant. Because a substantial portion of subscriber activation costs are variable in nature, such as commissions paid for each new activation, and due to fluctuations in the number of activations of new subscribers from period-to-period and the seasonal nature of these subscriber additions, we experience material fluctuations in sales and mar- keting expenses and, accordingly, in the overall level of operating expenses. Operating Expense per Subscriber Operating expense per subscriber, expressed as a monthly average, is calculated by dividing total operating, general and administrative expenses, plus costs related to equipment provided to existing sub- scribers, by the average number of subscribers during the period. Operating expense per subscriber is tracked by Wireless as a mea- sure of our ability to leverage our operating cost structure across a growing subscriber base, and we believe that it is an important mea- sure of our ability to achieve the benefits of scale as we increase the size of our business. Refer to the section entitled “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” for further details on this Wireless calculation. Operating Profit and Operating Profit Margin We define operating profit as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense, income taxes and non-operating items, which include foreign exchange gains (losses), loss on repayment of long-term debt, change in fair value of derivative instruments, and other income. Operating profit is a standard measure used in the communications industry to assist in under- standing and comparing operating results and is often referred to by our peers and competitors as EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) or OIBDA (operating income before depreciation and amortization). We believe this is an impor- tant measure as it allows us to assess our ongoing businesses without the impact of depreciation or amortization expenses as well as non-operating factors. It is intended to indicate our ability to incur or service debt, invest in PP&E and allows us to compare our Company to our peers and competitors who may have different capital or organizational structures. This measure is not a defined term under Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. We calculate operating profit margin by dividing operating profit by total revenue, except in the case of Wireless. For Wireless, operating profit margin is calculated by dividing operating profit by network revenue. Network revenue is used in the calculation, instead of total revenue, because network revenue better reflects Wireless’ core business activity of providing wireless services. Refer to the section entitled “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations” for further details on this Wireless, Cable and Media calculation. Adjusted Operating Profit, Adjusted Operating Profit Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share Beginning in 2007, we have included certain non-GAAP measures that we believe provide useful information to management and readers of this MD&A in measuring our financial performance. These measures, which include adjusted operating profit, adjusted operating profit margin, adjusted net income and adjusted basic and diluted net income per share, do not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and, therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other publicly traded com- panies, nor should they be construed as an alternative to other financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. We define adjusted operating profit as operating profit less: (i) the impact of the one-time non-cash charge resulting from the introduction of a cash settlement feature related to employee stock options; (ii) stock-based compensation expense; (iii) integration and restruc- turing expenses; and (iv) the impact of a one-time charge resulting from the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement. In addition, adjusted net income and net income per share excludes losses on repayment of long-term debt and the related income tax impacts of the above items. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide for a more effective analysis of our operating performance. In addition, the items mentioned above could potentially distort the analysis of trends due to the fact that they are either volatile or unusual or non-recurring, can vary widely from company-to-company and can impair comparability. The exclusion of these items does not mean that they are unusual, infrequent or non-recurring. We use these non-GAAP measures internally to make strategic deci- sions, forecast future results and evaluate our performance from period-to-period and compared to forecasts on a consistent basis. We believe that these measures present trends that are useful to investors and analysts in enabling them to assess the underlying changes in our business over time. Adjusted operating profit and adjusted operating profit margins, which are reviewed regularly by management and our Board of Directors, are also useful in assessing our performance and in mak- ing decisions regarding the ongoing operations of the business and the ability to generate cash flows. These non-GAAP measures should be viewed as a supplement to, and not a substitute for, our results of operations. A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to operating profit, net income and net income per share is included in the section entitled “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Calculations”. Additions to PP&E Additions to PP&E include those costs associated with acquiring and placing our PP&E into service. Because the communications busi- ness requires extensive and continual investment in equipment, including investment in new technologies and expansion of geo- graphical reach and capacity, additions to PP&E are significant and management focuses continually on the planning, funding and management of these expenditures. We focus more on managing additions to PP&E than we do on managing depreciation and amor- tization expense because additions to PP&E have a direct impact on our cash flow, whereas depreciation and amortization are non-cash accounting measures required under Canadian and U.S. GAAP. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 61 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The additions to PP&E before related changes to non-cash working capital represent PP&E that we actually took title to in the period. Accordingly, for purposes of comparing our PP&E outlays, we believe that additions to PP&E before related changes to non-cash working capital best reflect our cost of PP&E in a period, and provide a more accurate determination for period-to-period comparisons. CRITIC AL ACCOUNTING POLICIES This MD&A has been prepared with reference to our 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The Audit Committee of our Board reviews our accounting policies, reviews all quarterly and annual filings, and recommends approval of our annual financial statements to our Board. For a detailed discussion of our accounting policies, see Note 2 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, a discussion of new accounting standards adopted by us and critical accounting esti- mates are discussed in the sections “New Accounting Standards” and “Critical Accounting Estimates”, respectively. Revenue Recognition Revenue is categorized into the following types, the majority of which are recurring in nature on a monthly basis from ongoing relationships, contractual or otherwise, with our subscribers: • Monthly subscriber fees in connection with wireless and wireline services, cable, telephony, Internet services, rental of equipment, network services and media subscriptions are recorded as rev- enue on a pro rata basis as the service is provided; • Revenue from airtime, roaming, long-distance and optional services, pay-per-use services, video rentals and other sales of products are recorded as revenue as the services or products are delivered; • Revenue from the sale of wireless and cable equipment is recorded when the equipment is delivered and accepted by the independent dealer or subscriber in the case of direct sales. Equipment subsidies related to new and existing subscribers are recorded as a reduction of equipment revenues; • Installation fees and activation fees charged to subscribers do not meet the criteria as a separate unit of accounting. As a result, in Wireless, these fees are recorded as part of equipment revenue and, in the case of Cable, are deferred and amortized over the related service period. The related service period for Cable ranges from 26 to 48 months, based on subscriber disconnects, transfers of service and moves. Incremental direct installation costs related to re-connects are deferred to the extent of deferred installation fees and amortized over the same period as these related instal- lation fees. New connect installation costs are capitalized to PP&E and amortized over the useful life of the related assets; • Advertising revenue is recorded in the period the advertising airs on the Company’s radio or television stations and the period in which advertising is featured in the Company’s publications; • Monthly subscription revenues received by television stations for subscriptions from cable and satellite providers are recorded in the month in which they are earned; • Blue Jays’ revenue from home game admission and concessions is recognized as the related games are played during the baseball regular season. Revenue from radio and television agreements is recorded at the time the related games are aired. The Blue Jays also receive revenue from the Major League Baseball Revenue Sharing Agreement, which distributes funds to and from member clubs, based on each club’s revenues. This revenue is recognized in the season in which it is earned, when the amount is estimable and collectibility is reasonably assured; and • Discounts provided to customers related to combined purchases of Wireless, Cable, and Media products and services are charged directly to the revenue for the products and services to which they relate. We offer certain products and services as part of multiple deliverable arrangements. We divide multiple deliverable arrangements into separate units of accounting. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customers and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined. Consideration for these units is measured and allo- cated amongst the accounting units based upon their fair values and our relevant revenue recognition policies are applied to them. We recognize revenue once persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, fees are fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Unearned revenue includes subscriber deposits, installation fees and amounts received from subscribers related to services and sub- scriptions to be provided in future periods. Subscriber Acquisition and Retention Costs We operate within a highly-competitive industry and generally incur significant costs to attract new subscribers and retain exist- ing subscribers. All sales and marketing expenditures related to subscriber acquisitions, retention and contract renewals, such as commissions, and the cost associated with the sale of customer premises equipment, are expensed as incurred. A large percentage of the subscriber acquisition and retention costs, such as equipment subsidies and commissions, are variable in nature and directly related to the acquisition or renewal of a sub- scriber. In addition, subscriber acquisition and retention costs on a per subscriber acquired basis fluctuate based on the success of pro- motional activity and the seasonality of the business. Accordingly, if we experience significant growth in subscriber activations or renewals during a period, expenses for that period will increase. Capitalization of Direct Labour and Overhead During construction of new assets, direct costs plus a portion of applicable overhead costs are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to operating expenses as incurred. CRITIC AL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES This MD&A has been prepared with reference to our 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The prepara- tion of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates are based on management’s historical experience and various other assumptions 62 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We believe that the accounting esti- mates discussed below are critical to our business operations and an understanding of our results of operations or may involve addi- tional management judgment due to the sensitivity of the methods and assumptions necessary in determining the related asset, liabil- ity, revenue and expense amounts. Purchase Price Allocations The allocations of the purchase prices for our acquisitions involves considerable judgment in determining the fair values assigned to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on acquisition. Among other things, the determination of these fair values involved the use of discounted cash flow analyses, estimated future margins, estimated future subscribers, estimated future royalty rates, the use of information available in the financial markets and estimates as to costs to close duplicate facilities and buy out certain contracts. Refer to Note 4 of the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for acquisitions made during 2007. Should actual rates, cash flows, costs and other items differ from our estimates, this may necessitate revisions to the carrying value of the related assets and liabilities acquired, including revi- sions that may impact net income in future periods. Useful Lives of PP&E We depreciate the cost of PP&E over their respective estimated useful lives. These estimates of useful lives involve considerable judgment. In determining the estimates of these useful lives, we take into account industry trends and company-specific factors, including changing technologies and expectations for the in-service period of certain assets. On an annual basis, we re-assess our exist- ing estimates of useful lives to ensure they match the anticipated life of the technology from a revenue-producing perspective. If technological change happens more quickly or in a different way than anticipated, we might have to reduce the estimated life of PP&E, which could result in a higher depreciation expense in future periods or an impairment charge to write down the value of PP&E. Capitalization of Direct Labour and Overhead Certain direct labour and indirect costs associated with the acqui- sition, construction, development or betterment of our networks are capitalized to PP&E. The capitalized amounts are calculated based on estimated costs of projects that are capital in nature, and are generally based on a rate per hour. Although interest costs are permitted to be capitalized during construction under Canadian GAAP, it is our policy not to capitalize interest. Accrued Liabilities The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of accrued liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts expensed during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Amortization of Intangible Assets We amortize the cost of finite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. These estimates of useful lives involve con- siderable judgment. During 2004 and 2005, the acquisitions of Fido, Call-Net, the minority interests in Wireless and Sportsnet together with the consolidation of the Blue Jays, as well as the acquisitions of Futureway and Citytv in 2007, resulted in significant increases to our intangible asset balances. Judgement is also involved in deter- mining that spectrum and broadcast licences have indefinite lives, and are therefore not amortized. The determination of the estimated useful lives of brand names involves historical experience, marketing considerations and the nature of the industries in which we operate. The useful lives of subscriber bases are based on the historical churn rates of the underlying subscribers and judgments as to the applicability of these rates going forward. The useful lives of roaming agreements are based on estimates of the useful lives of the related network equipment. The useful lives of wholesale agreements and dealer networks are based on the underlying contractual lives. The use- ful life of the marketing agreement is based on historical customer lives. The determination of the estimated useful lives of intangible assets impacts amortization expense in the current period as well as future periods. The impact on net income on a full-year basis of changing the useful lives of the finite-lived assets by one year is shown in the chart below. Impact of Changes in Estimated Useful Lives (In millions of dollars) Brand names Rogers Fido Subscriber base Rogers Fido Cable Roaming agreements Dealer network Rogers Fido Wholesale agreements Marketing agreement Amortization Period Increase in Net Income if Life Increased by 1 year Decrease in Net Income if Life Decreased by 1 year 20.0 years 5.0 years 4.6 years 2.3 years 3.0 years 12.0 years 4.0 years 4.0 years 3.2 years 5.0 years $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 3 30 23 1 3 1 1 1 1 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT (1) (5) (54) (61) (1) (4) (2) (1) (2) (1) 63 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Impairment of Goodwill, Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets Indefinite-lived intangible assets, including goodwill and spec- trum/broadcast licences, as well as long-lived assets, including PP&E and other intangible assets, are assessed for impairment on at least an annual basis or more often if events or circumstances warrant. These impairment tests involve the use of both undiscounted and discounted net cash flow analyses to assess the recoverability of the carrying value of these assets and the fair value of both indefinite- lived and long-lived assets, if applicable. These analyses involve estimates of future cash flows, estimated periods of use and appli- cable discount rates. of these tax assets, as well as the expiration of the tax loss carryfor- wards. Judgments and estimates made to assess the tax treatment of items and the need for a valuation allowance impact the future income tax balances as well as net income through the current and future income tax provisions. As at December 31, 2007, and as detailed in Note 7 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements we have non-capital income tax loss carryforwards of approximately $2,001 million. Our net future income tax asset, prior to valuation allowances, totals approximately $609 million at December 31, 2007 (2006 – $836 million). The recorded valua- tion allowance results in a future income tax asset of $490 million, reflecting that it is more likely than not that certain income tax assets will be realized. Income Tax Estimates We use judgment in the estimation of income taxes and future income tax assets and liabilities. In the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This involves estimating actual current tax exposure, together with asses- sing temporary differences that result from differing treatments in items for accounting purposes versus tax purposes, and in esti- mating the recoverability of the benefits arising from tax loss carryforwards. We are required to assess whether it is more likely than not that future income tax assets will be realized prior to the expiration of the related tax loss carryforwards. Judgment is required to determine if a valuation allowance is needed against either all or a portion of our future income tax assets. Various considerations are reflected in this judgment, including future prof- itability of related companies, tax planning strategies that are being implemented or could be implemented to recognize the benefits Pension Plans When accounting for defined benefit pension plans, assumptions are made in determining the valuation of benefit obligations and the future performance of plan assets. Delayed recognition of dif- ferences between actual results and expected or estimated results is a guiding principle of pension accounting. This principle results in recognition of changes in benefit obligations and plan performance over the working lives of the employees receiving benefits under the plan. The primary assumptions and estimates include the discount rate, the expected return on plan assets and the rate of compensa- tion increase. Changes to these primary assumptions and estimates would impact pension expense and the deferred pension asset. The following table illustrates the increase (decrease) in the accrued benefit obligation and pension expense for changes in these pri- mary assumptions and estimates: Impact of Changes in Pension-Related Assumptions Accrued Benefit Obligation at End of Fiscal 2007 Pension Expense Fiscal 2007 $ $ 5.25% (111) 126 3.50% 5 (5) N/A N/A N/A $ $ 5.25% (11) 19 3.50% 2 (2) 6.75% (6) 6 NEW A CCOUNTING S TANDARDS Financial Instruments In 2005, the CICA issued Handbook Section 3855, Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement, Handbook Section 1530, Comprehensive Income, Handbook Section 3251, Equity, and Handbook Section 3865, Hedges. The new standards were adopted commencing January 1, 2007, and were generally required to be adopted retrospectively without restatement. (In millions of dollars) Discount rate Impact of: 1% increase 1% decrease Rate of compensation increase Impact of: 0.25% increase 0.25% decrease Expected rate of return on assets Impact of: 1% increase 1% decrease Allowance for Doubtful Accounts A significant portion of our revenue is earned from selling on credit to individual consumers and business customers. The allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated by taking into account factors such as our historical collection and write-off experience, the number of days the customer is past due and the status of the customer’s account with respect to whether or not the customer is continuing to receive service. As a result, fluctuations in the aging of subscriber accounts will directly impact the reported amount of bad debt expense. For example, events or circumstances that result in a dete- rioration in the aging of subscriber accounts will in turn increase the reported amount of bad debt expense. Conversely, as circum- stances improve and customer accounts are adjusted and brought current, the reported bad debt expense will decline. 64 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS A new statement entitled “Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income” was added to our Consolidated Financial Statements and includes net income as well as other comprehen- sive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income forms part of shareholders’ equity. The impact of the adoption of these standards on opening accu- mulated other comprehensive income and on opening deficit at January 1, 2007, was as follows: Available-for-sale investments (a) Derivative instruments (b) Opening accumulated other comprehensive income Ineffective portion of hedging derivatives (b) Early repayment option (c) Deferred transitional gain (e) Transaction costs (f) Opening deficit Impact upon adoption Income tax impact Net impact $ 213 $ (561) (2) $ 136 211 (425) $ (348) $ 134 $ (214) Impact upon adoption Income tax impact Net impact $ (10) $ 19 54 (59) 2 $ (6) (17) 20 $ 4 $ (1) $ (8) 13 37 (39) 3 (a) Under these standards, all of our financial assets are classified as available-for-sale or as loans and receivables. Available-for- sale investments are carried at fair value on the balance sheet, with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income, until such time as the investments are disposed of or an other than temporary impairment has occurred, in which case the impairment is recorded in income. Loans and receiv- ables and all financial liabilities are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Upon adoption, we have determined that none of our financial assets are classified as held-for-trading or held-to-maturity and none of our finan- cial liabilities are classified as held-for-trading. The impact of the classification provisions of the new standards was an adjustment of $213 million to bring the carrying value of avail- able-for-sale investments to fair value, with a corresponding increase in opening accumulated other comprehensive income of $211 million, net of income taxes of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the impact of the classification provisions of the new standards was an increase in the carrying value of available-for-sale investments of $140 million, with a corresponding increase in other compre- hensive income. In addition, realized gains of $2 million were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income upon disposal of an investment. (b) All derivatives, including embedded derivatives that must be separately accounted for, are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income unless they are effective cash flow hedging instruments. The changes in fair value of cash flow hedging derivatives are recorded in other comprehensive income, to the extent effective, until the variability of cash flows relating to the hedged asset or liability is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Any hedge ineffective- ness is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income immediately. The impact of remeasuring hedging derivatives on the Consolidated Financial Statements on January 1, 2007, was an increase in derivative instruments of $561 million. This also resulted in a decrease in opening accumulated other comprehensive income of $425 million, net of income taxes of $136 million, and an increase in opening deficit of $8 million, net of income taxes of $2 million, representing the ineffective portion of hedging relationships. The impact of remeasuring hedging derivatives on the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2007, was an increase in other comprehensive income of $126 million, including income taxes of $100 million, and an increase in net income of $1 million related to hedge ineffectiveness. The foreign exchange loss reclassified from comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007, exactly offset the foreign exchange gains recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income related to the carrying value of U.S. dollar- denominated debt. (c) As a result of the application of these standards, we separated the early repayment option on one of our debt instruments and recorded the fair value of $19 million related to this embedded derivative on the Consolidated Balance Sheet on January 1, 2007, with a corresponding decrease in opening deficit of $13 million, net of income taxes of $6 million. The fair value of this embedded derivative at December 31, 2007, was $13 million and the decrease in the fair value of $6 million was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2007. (d) We reviewed significant contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2003, and determined there are no significant non-financial derivatives that require separate fair value rec- ognition on the Consolidated Balance Sheet on the transition date and at December 31, 2007. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 65 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Goodwill and Intangible Assets In 2008, the CICA issued Handbook Section 3064, Goodwill and Intangible Assets (“CICA 3064”). CICA 3064, which replaces Section 3062, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, and Section 3450, Research and Development Costs, establishes standards for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of goodwill and intangible assets. The provisions relating to the definition and initial recognition of intangible assets, including internally generated intangible assets, are equivalent to the corresponding provisions of IFRS IAS 38, Intangible Assets. This new standard is effective for our Interim and Annual Consolidated Financial Statements commencing January 1, 2009. We are assessing the impact of the new standard. U.S. GA AP DIFFERENCES We prepare our financial statements in accordance with Canadian GAAP. U.S. GAAP differs from Canadian GAAP in certain respects. The areas of principal differences and their impact on our 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements are described in Note 26 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. The significant differences in accounting relate to: • Gain On Sale and Issuance of Subsidiary Shares to Non-Controlling Interest; • Gain on Sale of Cable Systems; • Pre-Operating Costs Capitalized; • Capitalized Interest; • Acquisition of Cable Atlantic; • Financial Instruments; • Stock-Based Compensation; • Pensions; • Income Taxes; • Installation Revenues and Costs; and • Acquisition of Wireless. Recent U.S. accounting pronouncements are also discussed in Note 26 to the 2007 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. (e) The unamortized deferred transitional gain of $54 million at December 31, 2006, which arose on the change from marked- to-market accounting to hedge accounting that was calculated as at July 1, 2004, was eliminated upon adoption, the impact of which was a decrease to opening deficit of $37 million, net of income taxes of $17 million. (f) Effective January 1, 2007, we record all transaction costs for financial assets and financial liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. We had previously deferred these costs and amortized them over the term of the related asset or liability. The carrying value of deferred costs at December 31, 2006, of $39 million, net of income taxes of $20 million, was charged to opening deficit on transition on January 1, 2007. Inventories In 2007, the CICA issued Handbook Section 3031, Inventories (“CICA 3031”). CICA 3031 aligns Canadian GAAP with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and establishes the principles for mea- surement, recognition and disclosure of inventories. We adopted this new standard effective January 1, 2007, retrospectively without restatement. The application of this standard did not have a mate- rial impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. RECENT C ANADIAN ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS Financial Instruments In 2006, the CICA issued Handbook Section 3862, Financial Instru- ments – Disclosures, and Handbook Section 3863, Financial Instruments – Presentation. These standards enhance existing dis- closure requirements and place greater emphasis on disclosures related to recognized and unrecognized financial instruments and how those risks are managed. Disclosures required by these standards will be included in the Company’s interim and annual financial statements commencing January 1, 2008. Capital Disclosures In 2006, the CICA issued Handbook Section 1535, Capital Disclosures (“CICA 1535”). CICA 1535 requires that an entity disclose information that enables users of its financial statements to evaluate an entity’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital, including disclosures of any externally imposed capital requirements and the consequences for non-compliance. Disclosures required by the new standard will be included in our Interim and Annual Financial Statements commencing January 1, 2008. 66 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 6. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION REL ATED PART Y T R ANSAC TIONS We have entered into certain transactions in the normal course of business with certain broadcasters in which we have an equity interest. The amounts paid to these broadcasters are as follows: Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) Access fees paid to broadcasters accounted for by the equity method 2007 2006 $ 18 $ 19 We have entered into certain transactions with companies, the partners or senior officers of which are or have been Directors of our Company and/or its subsidiary companies. Total amounts paid to these related parties, directly or indirectly, are as follows: Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) Legal services and commissions paid on premiums for insurance coverage 2007 2006 $ 2 $ 2 We have entered into certain transactions with our controlling shareholder and companies controlled by the controlling shareholder. These transactions are subject to formal agreements approved by the Audit Committee. Total amounts paid (received) by us to (from) these related parties are as follows: Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) Charges (recoveries) for use of aircraft and other administrative services 2007 2006 $ (1) $ 1 These transactions are measured at the exchange amount, being the amount agreed to by the related parties and are reviewed by the Audit Committee. In 2005, with the approval of a Special Committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors, we entered into an arrange- ment to sell to our controlling shareholder, for $13 million in cash, the shares in two wholly owned subsidiaries whose only asset will consist of tax losses aggregating approximately $100 million. The Special Committee was advised by independent counsel and engaged an accounting firm as part of their review to ensure that the sale price was within a range that would be fair from a financial point of view. Further to this arrangement, on April 7, 2006, a com- pany controlled by our controlling shareholder purchased the shares in one of these wholly owned subsidiaries for cash of $7 million. On July 24, 2006, the shares of the second wholly owned subsidiary were purchased by a company controlled by the controlling share- holder for cash of $6 million. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 67 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FIVE-YEAR S UMMARY OF C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL R ESULTS Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, except per share amounts) Income and Cash Flow: Revenue Wireless Cable Media Corporate and eliminations Operating profit (1) Wireless Cable Media Corporate and eliminations Adjusted operating profit (1) Wireless Cable Media Corporate and eliminations Net Income (loss) (2) Adjusted net income (loss) Cash flow from operations (3) Property, plant and equipment expenditures Average Class A and Class B shares outstanding (Ms) (4) Net income (loss) per share: (2)(4) Basic Diluted Adjusted net income (loss) per share: Basic Diluted Balance Sheet: Assets Property, plant and equipment, net Goodwill Intangible assets Investments Other assets Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Long-term debt (2) Accounts payable and other liabilities Non-controlling interest Total liabilities Shareholders’ equity Ratios: Revenue growth Adjusted operating profit growth Debt (2) /adjusted operating profit Dividends declared per share (4) 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 $ 5,503 $ 3,558 1,317 (255) 4,580 $ 3,201 1,210 3,860 $ 2,492 1,097 (153) (115) 2,689 $ 1,946 957 (78) 2,152 1,788 855 (59) $ 10,123 $ 8,838 $ 7,334 $ 5,514 $ 4,736 $ 2,532 $ 802 82 (317) 1,969 $ 1,337 $ 890 151 (135) 765 128 (86) 950 $ 709 115 (41) 727 663 107 (51) $ 3,099 $ 2,875 $ 2,144 $ 1,733 $ 1,446 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2,589 $ 1,016 176 (78) 1,987 $ 916 156 (117) 1,409 $ 778 131 (66) 958 $ 715 117 (38) 727 663 107 (51) 3,703 $ 2,942 $ 2,252 $ 1,752 $ 1,446 637 $ 1,066 $ 3,135 $ 1,796 $ 642 622 $ 684 $ (45) $ 47 $ (68) $ (32) $ 76 92 2,386 $ 1,712 $ 642 1,551 $ 1,355 $ 577 1,305 $ 1,055 $ 481 1,031 964 452 1.00 $ 0.99 $ 0.99 $ 0.97 $ (0.08) $ (0.08) (0.14) $ (0.14) 0.17 0.16 1.67 $ 1.66 1.08 $ 1.07 0.08 $ 0.08 (0.07) $ (0.07) 0.20 0.20 7,289 $ 3,027 2,086 485 2,438 6,732 $ 2,779 2,152 139 2,303 6,152 $ 3,036 2,627 138 1,881 5,487 $ 3,389 2,856 139 1,402 5,039 1,892 400 229 905 $ 15,325 $ 14,105 $ 13,834 $ 13,273 $ 8,465 $ 6,033 $ 4,668 – 10,701 4,624 6,988 $ 2,917 – 9,905 4,200 7,739 $ 2,567 – 10,306 3,528 8,542 $ 5,440 1,535 2,346 193 – 7,168 10,888 1,297 2,385 $ 15,325 $ 14,105 $ 13,834 $ 13,273 $ 8,465 15% 26% 2.1 0.42 $ 21% 31% 2.7 0.08 $ 33% 29% 3.8 0.06 $ 16% 21% 5.3 0.05 $ 12% 26% 4.1 0.05 $ (1) As defined. See “key Performance Indicators Non-GAAP Measures” section. (2) Years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 have been restated for a change in accounting of foreign exchange translation. The ratio of debt to adjusted operating profit includes debt and the foreign exchange component of the fair value of derivative instruments. (3) Cash flow from operations before changes in working capital amounts. (4) Prior period shares and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a two-for-one-split of the Company’s Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares on December 29, 2006. 68 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SUMMARY OF SEASONALIT Y AND QUARTERLY RESULTS Quarterly results and statistics for the previous eight quarters are outlined following this section. Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations that mate- rially impact quarter-to-quarter operating results. As a result, one quarter’s operating results are not necessarily indicative of what a subsequent quarter’s operating results will be. Each of Wireless, Cable and Media has unique seasonal aspects to its business. Wireless’ operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations that materially impact quarter-to-quarter operating results. In particular, operating results may be influenced by the timing of our marketing and promotional expenditures and higher levels of subscriber additions, resulting in higher subscriber acquisition and activation-related expenses in certain periods. The operating results of Cable Operations services are subject to modest seasonal fluctuations in subscriber additions and discon- nections, which are largely attributable to movements of university and college students and individuals temporarily suspending ser- vice due to extended vacations, or seasonal relocations, as well as our concentrated marketing efforts generally conducted during the fourth quarter. Rogers Retail operations may also experience mod- est fluctuations from quarter-to-quarter due to the availability and timing of release of popular titles throughout the year. However, the fourth quarter has historically been the strongest quarter due to increased consumer activity in the retail cycle. RBS does not have any unique seasonal aspects to its business. The seasonality at Media is a result of fluctuations in advertising and related retail cycles, since they relate to periods of increased consumer activity as well as fluctuations associated with the Major League Baseball season, where revenues are generally concen- trated in the spring, summer and fall months. In addition to the seasonal trends, the most notable trend has been the quarter-by-quarter improvements in revenue and operating profit across the Wireless, Cable and Media businesses. Wireless revenue and operating profit growth reflects the increasing number of wireless voice and data subscribers and increase in blended postpaid and prepaid ARPU. Wireless has continued its strategy of targeting higher value postpaid subscribers and selling prepaid handsets at higher price points, which has also contributed over time to the significantly heavier mix of postpaid versus prepaid subscribers. Meanwhile, the successful growth in customer base and increased market penetration have been met by increasing customer service and retention expenses and increasing credit and collection costs. However, these costs have been offset by operat- ing efficiencies and increasing GSM network roaming revenues from our subscribers travelling outside of Canada, as well as strong growth in roaming revenues from visitors to Canada utilizing our GSM network. Cable Operations services revenue and operating profit increased primarily due to price increases, increased penetration of its digi- tal products and incremental programming packages, and the scaling and rapid growth of our cable telephony service. Similarly, the steady growth of Internet revenues has been the result of a greater penetration of Internet subscribers as a percentage of homes passed. The decrease in the RBS operating profit margin reflects the pricing pressures on long-distance and higher carrier costs. Rogers Retail revenue has increased as a result of acquiring approximately 170 Wireless-owned stores on January 1, 2007, while operating profit has decreased due to fewer customer transactions relating to video sales and rentals. Media’s results are primarily attributable to a general upturn in demand for local advertising despite the softness with respect to national advertising. Other fluctuations in net income from quarter-to-quarter can also be attributed to losses on repayment of debt, foreign exchange gains or losses, changes in the fair value of derivative instruments, other income and expenses, and changes in income tax expense. SUMMARY OF F OURTH Q UARTER 20 07 R ESULTS During the three months ended December 31, 2007, consolidated operating revenue increased 13% to $2,687 million in 2007 compared to $2,370 million in the corresponding period in 2006, with all of our operating segments contributing to the year-over-year growth, including 17% growth at Wireless, 10% growth at Cable, and 15% growth at Media. Consolidated fourth quarter adjusted operating profit grew 25% year-over-year to $957 million, with 26% growth at Wireless, 11% growth at Cable, and 31% growth at Media. Consolidated operating income for the three months ended December 31, 2007, totalled $476 million, compared to $357 million in the corresponding period of 2006, reflecting growth across all operating units. We recorded net income of $254 million for the three months ended December 31, 2007, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.40, compared to a net income of $176 million or basic earn- ings per share of $0.28 (diluted – $0.27) in the corresponding period of 2006. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 69 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS QUARTERLY C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S UMMARY (1) Q1 Q2 Q3 2007 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 2006 Q4 $ 1,231 $ 855 266 (54) 1,364 $ 881 348 (66) 1,442 $ 899 339 (69) 1,466 $ 923 364 (66) 1,005 $ 772 240 (33) 1,094 $ 787 334 (36) 1,224 $ 800 319 (38) 1,257 842 317 (46) 2,298 2,527 2,611 2,687 1,984 2,179 2,305 2,370 (In millions of dollars, except per share amounts) Income Statement Operating revenue Wireless Cable and Telecom Media Corporate and eliminations Operating profit before the undernoted Wireless Cable and Telecom Media Corporate and eliminations 581 228 19 (14) 664 243 45 (22) 686 265 46 (13) 658 265 63 (29) 412 222 14 (30) 490 237 53 (24) 564 219 41 (24) 814 930 984 957 618 756 800 521 238 48 (39) 768 – (12) Stock option plan amendment (2) Stock-based compensation expense (2) – (15) (452) (32) – (11) – (4) – (13) – (10) – (14) Integration and restructuring expenses (3) Adjustment for CRTC Part II fees decision (4) Contract renegotiation fee (5) Operating profit (6) Depreciation and amortization Operating income Interest on long-term debt Other income (expense) Income tax reduction (expense) Net income (loss) for the period Net income (loss) per share: (7) Basic Diluted Additions to property, plant and equipment (6) (1) (15) (5) (17) (11) (2) (1) (4) – – 798 400 398 (149) 7 (86) – – 431 398 33 (152) (24) 87 18 – 986 397 589 (140) (14) (166) – (52) 884 408 476 (138) – (84) – – 594 386 208 (161) 1 (35) – – 744 395 349 (155) 17 68 – – 785 408 377 (153) 6 (76) – – 752 395 357 (151) (17) (13) 170 $ (56) $ 269 $ 254 $ 13 $ 279 $ 154 $ 176 0.27 $ 0.26 $ (0.09) $ (0.09) $ 0.42 $ 0.42 $ 0.40 $ 0.40 $ 0.02 $ 0.02 $ 0.44 $ 0.44 $ 0.25 $ 0.24 $ 0.28 0.27 394 $ 381 $ 397 $ 624 $ 340 $ 403 $ 415 $ 554 $ $ $ $ (1) Certain prior year numbers have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. (2) See section entitled “Stock-based Compensation Expense”. (3) Costs incurred related to the integration of Fido, Call-Net, the restructuring of RBS, and the closure of 21 retail stores in the first quarter of 2006. (4) Related to an adjustment of CRTC Part II fees related to prior periods as a result of a notice from the CRTC that Part II fees would no longer be collected. See the section entitled “Government Regulation and Regulatory Developments”. This adjustment is applicable to the third quarter of 2007 and does not impact the full year 2007. (5) One-time charge resulting from the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement. See the section entitled “Cable Operations Operating Expenses”. (6) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” section. (7) Prior period per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a two-for-one split of the Company’s Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares on December 29, 2006. 70 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTED Q UARTERLY C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S UMMARY (1) (In millions of dollars, except per share amounts) Income Statement Operating revenue Wireless Cable and Telecom Media Corporate and eliminations Adjusted operating profit (2) Wireless Cable and Telecom Media Corporate and eliminations Depreciation and amortization Adjusted operating income Interest on long-term debt Other income (expense) Income tax reduction (expense) Q1 Q2 Q3 2007 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 2006 Q4 $ 1,231 $ 855 266 (54) 1,364 $ 881 348 (66) 1,442 $ 899 339 (69) 1,466 $ 923 364 (66) 1,005 $ 772 240 (33) 1,094 $ 787 334 (36) 1,224 $ 800 319 (38) 1,257 842 317 (46) 2,298 2,527 2,611 2,687 1,984 2,179 2,305 2,370 581 228 19 (14) 814 400 414 (149) 7 (86) 664 243 45 (22) 930 398 532 (152) 23 (104) 686 265 46 (13) 984 397 587 (140) (14) (165) 658 265 63 (29) 957 408 549 (138) – (109) 412 222 14 (30) 618 386 232 (161) 1 (39) 490 237 53 (24) 756 395 361 (155) 17 67 564 219 41 (24) 800 408 392 (153) 6 (76) 521 238 48 (39) 768 395 373 (151) (16) (14) Adjusted net income (loss) for the period $ 186 $ 299 $ 268 $ 302 $ 33 $ 290 $ 169 $ 192 Adjusted net income per share: (3) Basic Diluted Additions to property, plant and equipment (2) $ $ $ 0.29 $ 0.29 $ 0.47 $ 0.47 $ 0.42 $ 0.41 $ 0.47 $ 0.47 $ 0.05 $ 0.05 $ 0.46 $ 0.45 $ 0.27 $ 0.27 $ 0.30 0.30 394 $ 381 $ 397 $ 624 $ 340 $ 403 $ 415 $ 554 (1) This quarterly summary has been adjusted to exclude the impact of the adoption of a cash settlement feature for employee stock options, stock-based compensation expense, integration and restructur- ing costs, an adjustment to CRTC Part II fees related to prior periods, a one-time charge related to the renegotiation of an Internet-related services agreement, losses on repayment of long-term debt and the income tax impact related to the above items. Certain prior year numbers have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” section. The adjustment related to Part II CRTC fees is applicable to the third quarter of 2007 and does not impact the full year 2007. (2) As defined. See the “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” section. (3) Prior period per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a two-for-one split of the Company’s Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares on December 29, 2006. CONTROLS AND P ROCEDURES Disclosure Controls and Procedures As of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), we conducted an evaluation (under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer), pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promul- gated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of the Evaluation Date such disclosure controls and proce- dures were effective. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting The management of our company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial state- ments in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Management maintains a comprehensive system of controls intended to ensure that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization, assets are safeguarded, and financial records are reliable. Management also takes steps to see that information and communication flows are effective and to monitor performance, including performance of internal control procedures. Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the criteria set forth in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2007, our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Our independent auditor, KPMG LLP, has issued an audit report that the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial report- ing as of December 31, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 71 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS no other changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting. 2007 2006 $ 3,703 $ 10,123 2,942 8,838 36.6% 33.3% $ 2,589 $ 5,154 1,987 4,313 50.2% 46.1% $ 1,008 $ 2,603 854 2,299 38.7% 37.1% $ 12 $ 571 49 596 2.1% 8.2% $ (4) $ 393 13 310 (1.0%) 4.2% $ 176 $ 1,317 156 1,210 13.4% 12.9% Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Disclosure Controls and Procedures During the last fiscal quarter, the Company outsourced its payroll processing, which materially affected the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Other than this change, there have been SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: NON - GA AP C ALCUL ATIONS Operating Profit Margin Calculations Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars) RCI: Adjusted operating profit Divided by total revenue RCI adjusted operating profit margin WIRELESS: Adjusted operating profit Divided by network revenue Wireless adjusted operating profit margin CABLE: Cable Operations: Adjusted operating profit Divided by revenue Cable Operations adjusted operating profit margin Rogers Business Solutions: Adjusted operating profit Divided by revenue Rogers Business Solutions adjusted operating profit margin Rogers Retail: Adjusted operating profit (loss) Divided by revenue Rogers Retail adjusted operating profit (loss) margin MEDIA: Adjusted operating profit Divided by revenue Media adjusted operating profit margin 72 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS C ALCUL ATIONS OF A DJUSTED O PER ATING P ROFIT, NET I NCOME AND E ARNINGS P ER S HARE Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, number of shares outstanding in millions) Operating profit Add: Stock option plan amendment Stock-based compensation expense Integration and restructuring expenses Cable Wireless Contract renegotiation fee Adjusted operating profit Net income Add: Stock option plan amendment Stock-based compensation expense Integration and restructuring expenses Cable Wireless Contract renegotiation fee Loss on repayment of long-term debt Income tax impact Adjusted net income Basic earnings per share: Adjusted net income Divided by: weighted average number of shares outstanding Adjusted basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share: Adjusted net income Divided by: diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding Adjusted diluted earnings per share 2007 2006 $ 3,099 $ 2,875 – 452 62 38 – 52 49 15 3 – $ 3,703 $ 2,942 $ 637 $ 622 452 62 38 – 52 47 (222) – 49 15 3 – 1 (6) $ 1,066 $ 684 $ 1,066 $ 638 684 632 $ 1.67 $ 1.08 $ 1,066 $ 642 684 642 $ 1.66 $ 1.07 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 73 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS WIRELESS N ON - GA AP C ALCUL ATIONS (1) Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, subscribers in thousands, except ARPU figures and operating profit margin) Postpaid ARPU (monthly) Postpaid (voice and data) revenue Divided by: average postpaid wireless voice and data subscribers Divided by: 12 months Prepaid ARPU (monthly) Prepaid (voice and data) revenue Divided by: average prepaid subscribers Divided by: 12 months Cost of acquisition per gross addition Total sales and marketing expenses Equipment margin loss (acquisition related) 2007 2006 $ 4,868 $ 4,084 5,059 5,618 12 12 $ 72.21 $ 67.27 $ 273 $ 1,382 12 214 1,322 12 $ 16.46 $ 13.49 $ 653 $ 149 604 196 $ 802 $ 800 Divided by: total gross wireless additions (postpaid, prepaid and one-way messaging) 1,998 2,007 Operating expense per average subscriber (monthly) Operating, general and administrative expenses Equipment margin loss (retention related) Divided by: average total wireless subscribers Divided by: 12 months Equipment margin loss Equipment sales Cost of equipment sales Acquisition related Retention related Adjusted operating profit margin Adjusted operating profit Divided by network revenue Adjusted operating profit margin (1) For definitions of key performance indicators and non-GAAP measures, see “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” section. $ 401 $ 399 $ 1,558 $ 205 1,361 165 $ 1,763 $ 1,526 7,128 12 6,528 12 $ 20.61 $ 19.48 $ 349 $ (703) 267 (628) $ (354) $ (361) $ (149) $ (205) (196) (165) $ (354) $ (361) $ 2,589 $ 5,154 1,987 4,313 50.2% 46.1% 74 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS C ABLE N ON - GA AP C ALCUL ATIONS (1) Years ended December 31, (In millions of dollars, subscribers in thousands, except ARPU figures and operating profit margin) Core Cable ARPU Core Cable revenue Divided by: average basic cable subscribers Divided by: 12 months Internet ARPU Internet revenue Divided by: average Internet (residential) subscribers Divided by: 12 months Cable Operations adjusted operating profit margin: Adjusted operating profit Divided by revenue Cable Operations adjusted operating profit margin RBS adjusted operating profit margin: Adjusted operating profit Divided by revenue RBS adjusted operating profit margin (1) For definitions of key performance indicators and non-GAAP measures, see “key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures” section. (2) Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. 2007 2006 (2) $ 1,540 $ 2,276 12 1,421 2,261 12 $ 56.39 $ 52.37 $ 608 $ 1,388 12 523 1,234 12 $ 36.51 $ 35.32 $ 1,008 $ 2,603 854 2,299 38.7% 37.1% $ 12 $ 571 49 596 2.1% 8.2% ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 75 MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING DECEMBER 31, 2007 The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Rogers Communications Inc. and its subsidiaries and all the information in Management’s Discussion and Analysis are the responsibility of management and have been approved by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing management’s responsibility for financial reporting and is ultimately responsible for reviewing and approving the consolidated financial statements. The Board carries out this responsibility through its Audit Committee. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. The consolidated financial statements include certain amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgments of management and in their opinion present fairly, in all material respects, Rogers Communications lnc.’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Management has prepared the financial information presented elsewhere in Management’s Discussion and Analysis and has ensured that it is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. Management of Rogers Communications Inc., in furtherance of the integrity of the consolidated financial statements, has developed and maintains a system of internal controls, which is supported by the internal audit function. Management believes the internal controls provide reasonable assurance that transactions are properly authorized and recorded, financial records are reliable and form a proper basis for the preparation of consolidated financial statements and that Rogers Communications lnc.’s assets are properly accounted for and safeguarded. The internal control processes include management’s communication to employees of policies that govern ethical business conduct. The Audit Committee meets periodically with management, as well as the internal and external auditors, to discuss internal controls over the financial reporting process, auditing matters and financial reporting issues; to satisfy itself that each party is properly discharging its responsibilities; and to review Management’s Discussion and Analysis, the consolidated financial statements and the external auditors’ report. The Audit Committee reports its findings to the Board of Directors for consideration when approving the consolidated financial statements for issuance to the shareholders. The Committee also considers, for review by the Board of Directors and approval by the shareholders, the engagement or re-appointment of the external auditors. The consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, the external auditors, in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards on behalf of the shareholders. KPMG LLP has full and free access to the Audit Committee. February 20, 2008 Edward S. Rogers, O.C. President and Chief Executive Officer William W. Linton, C.A. Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Rogers Communications Inc. as at December 31, 2007 and 2006, the consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007 and the consolidated statement of compre- hensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant Chartered Accountants, Licenced Public Accountants Toronto, Canada February 20, 2008 76 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF I NCOME (IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS, ExCEPT PER ShARE AMOuNTS) Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 Operating revenue (note 3(b)) Operating expenses: Cost of sales Sales and marketing Operating, general and administrative Stock option plan amendment (note 20(a)(i)) Integration and restructuring (note 6) Depreciation and amortization Operating income Interest on long-term debt Loss on repayment of long-term debt (note 15(e)) Foreign exchange gain Change in fair value of derivative instruments Other income (expense), net Income before income taxes Income tax expense (reduction) (note 7): Current Future Net income for the year Net income per share (note 8): Basic Diluted See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 2007 2006 $ 10,123 $ 8,838 961 1,322 4,251 452 38 1,603 8,627 1,496 (579) 917 (47) 54 (34) (4) 886 (1) 250 249 956 1,226 3,763 – 18 1,584 7,547 1,291 (620) 671 (1) 2 (4) 10 678 (5) 61 56 $ $ 637 $ 622 1.00 $ 0.99 0.99 0.97 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 77 2007 2006 $ 1,245 $ 304 594 2,143 7,289 3,027 2,086 485 111 184 – 1,077 270 387 1,734 6,732 2,779 2,152 139 118 152 299 $ 15,325 $ 14,105 $ 61 $ 7 – 2,260 1 195 225 2,742 6,032 1,609 104 214 10,701 4,624 19 1,766 451 227 2,470 6,537 769 129 9,905 4,200 $ 15,325 $ 14,105 CONSOLIDATED B ALANCE SHEETS (IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS) December 31, 2007 and 2006 Assets Current assets: Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $151 (2006 – $114) Other current assets (note 9) Future income tax assets (note 7) Property, plant and equipment (note 10) Goodwill (note 11(a)) Intangible assets (note 11(b)) Investments (note 12) Deferred charges (note 13) Other long-term assets (note 14) Future income tax assets (note 7) Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Current liabilities: Bank advances, arising from outstanding cheques Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Current portion of long-term debt (note 15) Current portion of derivative instruments (note 16(a)) u nearned revenue Long-term debt (note 15) Derivative instruments (note 16(a)) Future income tax liabilities (note 7) Other long-term liabilities (note 17) Shareholders’ equity (note 19) Commitments (note 23) Guarantees (note 24) Contingent liabilities (note 25) Canadian and united States accounting policy differences (note 26) Subsequent events (notes 19(b), 25(a) and 27) See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. On behalf of the Board: Edward “Ted” S. Rogers Director Ronald D. Besse Director 78 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF S HAREHOLDERS’ EqUITY (IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS) Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 Amount Number of shares (000s) Amount Number of shares (000s) Contributed surplus Class A Voting shares Class B Non-Voting shares Accumulated other Retained comprehensive earnings (deficit) Total income shareholders’ equity (loss) Balances, December 31, 2005 Net income for the year Shares issued on exercise of stock options Stock-based compensation Dividends declared $ 72 – – – – 112,468 $ – – – – 419 – 6 – – 515,405 $ – 7,827 – – 3,643 $ – (606) $ 622 – $ – 3,528 622 61 32 – – – (49) (33) – – – – 67 32 (49) 4,200 Balances, December 31, 2006 Change in accounting policy related to financial instruments (note 2(h)(i)) As restated, January 1, 2007 Net income for the year Class A Voting shares converted to Class B Non-Voting shares Stock option plan amendment Shares issued on exercise of stock options Stock-based compensation Dividends declared Other comprehensive income 72 112,468 425 523,232 3,736 – 72 – – – – – – – – – – – 3 (214) (211) 112,468 – 425 – 523,232 – 3,736 – (30) 637 (214) – 3,989 637 (6) – – – – – – – 46 – – – 6 – 3,767 – – – – (50) (9) 12 – – – – – – (265) – – – – – – 264 – (50) 37 12 (265) 264 Balances, December 31, 2007 $ 72 112,462 $ 471 527,005 $ 3,689 $ 342 $ 50 $ 4,624 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 79 CONSOLIDATED S TATEMENT OF COMPREHENSI vE INCOME (IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS) Year ended December 31, 2007 Net income for the year Other comprehensive income (note 2(h)): Change in fair value of available-for-sale investments: Increase in fair value Gain on disposal Change in fair value of cash flow hedging derivative instruments: Increase in fair value Reclassification to net income of foreign exchange loss Reclassification to net income of accrued interest Related income taxes Comprehensive income for the year See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 2007 $ 637 140 (2) 138 (635) 742 119 (100) 126 264 901 $ 80 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT CONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF C ASH FLOwS (IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS) Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 Cash provided by (used in): Operating activities: Net income for the year Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities: Depreciation and amortization Program rights and Rogers Retail rental amortization Future income taxes u nrealized foreign exchange loss (gain) Change in fair value of derivative instruments Loss on repayment of long-term debt Stock option plan amendment Stock-based compensation expense Amortization of fair value increment on long-term debt and derivatives Sale of income tax losses to related party Other Change in non-cash operating working capital items (note 21(a)) Investing activities: Additions to property, plant and equipment Change in non-cash working capital items related to property, plant and equipment Acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired Additions to program rights Other Financing activities: Issuance of long-term debt Repayment of long-term debt Premium on repayment of long-term debt Financing costs incurred Issuance of capital stock on exercise of stock options Dividends paid on Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares Proceeds on settlement of cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and forward contracts Payment on settlement of cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and forward contracts Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash deficiency, beginning of year Cash deficiency, end of year Cash and cash equivalents (deficiency) are defined as cash and short-term deposits, which have an original maturity of less than 90 days, less bank advances. For supplemental cash flow information see note 21(b). See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 2007 2006 $ 637 $ 622 1,603 92 250 (46) 34 47 452 62 (6) – 10 3,135 (310) 2,825 (1,796) (20) (537) (67) (18) 1,584 75 61 2 4 1 – 49 (11) 13 (14) 2,386 63 2,449 (1,712) 134 (4) (32) (19) (2,438) (1,633) 5,476 (5,623) (59) (4) 27 (211) 838 (873) 1,098 (1,836) – – 74 (47) – (20) (429) (731) (42) (19) 85 (104) $ (61) $ (19) ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 81 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (TABuLAR AMOuNTS IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS, ExCEPT PER ShARE AMOuNTS) YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 AND 2006 1. NATURE OF THE BUSINESS Rogers Communications Inc. (“RCI”) is a diversified Canadian communications and media company, with substantially all of its operations and sales in Canada. RCI is engaged in wireless voice and data communications services through its Wireless segment (“Wireless”); cable television, high-speed Internet access, telephony, data networking and retailing of wireless, cable and video products and services (“Rogers Retail”) through its Cable segment (“Cable”); and radio and television broadcasting, televised shopping, magazines and trade publications, and sports entertainment through its Media segment (“Media”). RCI and its subsidiary companies are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (A) BASIS OF PRESENTATION: The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and differ in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the united States of America (“united States GAAP”) as described in note 26. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of RCI and its subsidiary companies. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation. Investments over which the Company is able to exercise significant influence are accounted for by the equity method. Investments over which the Company has joint control are accounted for by the proportionate consolidation method. Publicly traded investments are classified as available-for-sale investments and are recorded at fair value. Changes in fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income until such time as the investments are disposed of or impaired. Other investments are recorded at cost. Investments are written down when there is evidence that a decline in value that is other than temporary has occurred. Certain of the comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the financial statement presentation adopted in the current year. (B) REvENUE RECOGNITION: The Company’s principal sources of revenue and recognition of these revenues for financial statement purposes are as follows: (i) Monthly subscriber fees in connection with wireless and wireline services, cable, telephony, Internet services, rental of equipment, network services and media subscriptions are recorded as revenue on a pro rata basis as the service is provided; (ii) Revenue from airtime, roaming, long-distance and optional services, pay-per-use services, video rentals and other sales of products are recorded as revenue as the services or products are delivered; (iii) Revenue from the sale of wireless and cable equipment is recorded when the equipment is delivered and accepted by the independent dealer or subscriber in the case of direct sales. Equipment subsidies related to new and existing subscribers are recorded as a reduction of equipment revenues; (iv) Installation fees and activation fees charged to subscribers do not meet the criteria as a separate unit of accounting. As a result, in Wireless these fees are recorded as part of equipment 82 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT revenue and, in Cable, are deferred and amortized over the related service period. The related service period for Cable ranges from 26 to 48 months, based on subscriber disconnects, transfers of service and moves. Incremental direct installation costs related to reconnects are deferred to the extent of deferred installation fees and amortized over the same period as these related installation fees. New connect installation costs are capitalized to property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) and amortized over the useful life of the related assets; (v) Advertising revenue is recorded in the period the advertising airs on the Company’s radio or television stations and the period in which advertising is featured in the Company’s publications; (vi) Monthly subscription revenues received by television stations for subscriptions from cable and satellite providers are recorded in the month in which they are earned; (vii) The Toronto Blue Jays Baseball Club’s (“Blue Jays”) revenue from home game admission and concessions is recognized as the related games are played during the baseball regular season. Revenue from radio and television agreements is recorded at the time the related games are aired. The Blue Jays also receive revenue from the Major League Baseball Revenue Sharing Agreement, which distributes funds to and from member clubs, based on each club’s revenues. This revenue is recognized in the season in which it is earned, when the amount is estimable and collectibility is reasonably assured; and (viii) Discounts provided to customers related to combined purchases of Wireless, Cable and Media products and services are charged directly to the revenue for the products and services to which they relate. The Company offers certain products and services as part of multiple deliverable arrangements. The Company divides multiple deliverable arrangements into separate units of accounting. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customers and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined. Consideration for these units is measured and allocated amongst the accounting units based upon their fair values and the Company’s relevant revenue recognition policies are applied to them. The Company recognizes revenue once persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, fees are fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS unearned revenue includes subscriber deposits, cable installation fees and amounts received from subscribers related to services and subscriptions to be provided in future periods. each period and is amortized to expenses over the period in which the related services are rendered, which is usually the graded vesting period, or, as applicable, over the period to the date an employee is eligible to retire, whichever is shorter. (C ) SUBSCRIBER AC qUISITION AND RETENTION COSTS : Except as described in note 2(b)(iv), as it relates to cable installation costs, the Company expenses the costs related to the acquisition or retention of subscribers. (D) STOCk-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER STOC k- BASED PAYMENTS : On May 28, 2007, the Company’s employee stock option plans were amended to attach cash settled share appreciation rights (“SARs”) to all new and previously granted options. The SAR feature allows the option holder to elect to receive in cash an amount equal to the intrinsic value, being the excess market price of the Class B Non-Voting share over the exercise price of the option, instead of exercising the option and acquiring Class B Non-Voting shares. All outstanding stock options are now classified as liabilities and are carried at their intrinsic value, as adjusted for vesting, measured as the difference between the current stock price and the option exercise price. The intrinsic value of the liability is marked-to-market The Company accounts for stock-based awards that are settled by issuance of equity instruments using the fair value method. The estimated fair value is amortized to expense over the period in which the related services are rendered, which is usually the vesting period or, as applicable, over the period to the date an employee is eligible to retire, whichever is shorter. Effective May 28, 2007, the Company no longer has stock-based awards that are classified as equity. The employee share accumulation plan allows employees to voluntarily participate in a share purchase plan. under the terms of the plan, employees of the Company can contribute a specified percentage of their regular earnings through payroll deductions and the Company makes certain defined contribution matches, which are recorded as compensation expense in the period made. (E) DEPRECIATION: PP&E are depreciated over their estimated useful lives as follows: Asset Buildings Towers, head-ends and transmitters Distribution cable and subscriber drops Network equipment Wireless network radio base station equipment Computer equipment and software Customer equipment Leasehold improvements Basis Mainly diminishing balance Straight line Straight line Straight line Straight line Straight line Straight line Straight line Other Mainly diminishing balance Rate 5% to 62/3% 62/3% to 25% 5% to 20% 62/3% to 331/3% 121/2% to 141/3% 141/3% to 331/3% 20% to 331/3% Over shorter of estimated useful life and lease term 5% to 331/3% INCOME TA xES: (F ) Future income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future income tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Future income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recorded against any future income tax asset if it is not more likely than not that the asset will be realized. Income tax expense is generally the sum of the Company’s provision for current income taxes and the difference between opening and ending balances of future income tax assets and liabilities. (G) FOREIGN CURRENC Y TR ANSL ATION : Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet dates and non-monetary assets and liabilities and related depreciation and amortization expenses are translated at the historical exchange rate. Revenue and expenses, other than depreciation and amortization, are translated at the average rate for the month in which the transaction was recorded. Exchange gains or losses on translating long-term debt are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Foreign exchange gains are primarily related to the translation of long-term debt. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 83 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (H) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS : (i) Adoption of new financial instruments standards: In 2005, The Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”) issued handbook Section 3855, Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement, handbook Section 1530, Comprehensive Income, handbook Section 3251, Equity, and handbook Section 3865, hedges. The new standards were adopted commencing January 1, 2007, and were generally required to be adopted retrospectively without restatement. A new statement entitled “Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income” was added to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and includes net income as well as other comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income forms part of shareholders’ equity. The impact of the adoption of these standards on opening accumulated other comprehensive income and on opening deficit at January 1, 2007, was as follows: Available-for-sale investments (A) Derivative instruments (B) Opening accumulated other comprehensive income Ineffective portion of hedging derivatives (B) Early repayment option (C) Deferred transitional gain (E) Transaction costs (F) Opening deficit Impact upon adoption Income tax impact Net impact $ 213 $ (561) (2) $ 136 211 (425) $ (348) $ 134 $ (214) $ (10) $ 19 54 (59) 2 $ (6) (17) 20 $ 4 $ (1) $ (8) 13 37 (39) 3 (A) under these standards, all of the Company’s financial assets are classified as available-for-sale or loans and receivables. Available-for-sale investments are carried at fair value on the balance sheet, with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income, until such time as the investments are disposed of or an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, in which case the impairment is recorded in income. Loans and receivables and all financial liabilities are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. upon adoption, the Company determined that none of its financial assets are classified as held-for-trading or held-to-maturity and none of its financial liabilities are classified as held-for-trading. The impact of the classification provisions of the new standards on January 1, 2007, was an adjustment of $213 million to bring the carrying value of available-for-sale investments to fair value, with a corresponding increase in opening accumulated other comprehensive income of $211 million, net of income taxes of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the impact of the classification provisions of the new standards was an increase in the carrying value of available-for-sale investments of $140 million, with a corresponding increase in other comprehensive income. In addition, realized gains of $2 million were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and recognized in the consolidated statements of income upon disposal of an investment. (B) All derivatives, including embedded derivatives that must be separately accounted for, are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of income unless they are effective cash flow hedging instruments. The changes in fair value of cash flow hedging derivatives are recorded in other comprehensive income, to the extent effective, until the variability of cash flows relating to the hedged asset or liability is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in the consolidated statements of income immediately. The impact of remeasuring hedging derivatives on the consolidated financial statements on January 1, 2007, was an increase in derivative instruments of $561 million. This also resulted in a decrease in opening accumulated other comprehensive income of $425 million, net of income taxes of $136 million, and an increase in opening deficit of $8 million, net of income taxes of $2 million, representing the ineffective portion of hedging relationships. In 2007, $1 million related to hedge ineffectiveness was recognized as an increase to net income. The foreign exchange loss reclassified from comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007, exactly offset the foreign exchange gains recognized in the consolidated statements of income related to the carrying value of u.S. dollar denominated debt. (C) As a result of the application of these standards, the Company separated the early repayment option on one of the Company’s debt instruments and recorded the fair value of $19 million related to this embedded derivative on the consolidated balance sheet on January 1, 2007, with a corresponding decrease in opening deficit of $13 million, net of income taxes of $6 million. The fair value of this embedded derivative at December 31, 2007, was $13 million and the decrease in the fair value of $6 million was recorded in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2007. 84 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (D) The Company reviewed significant contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2003 and determined there are no significant non-financial derivatives that require separate fair value recognition on the consolidated balance sheet on the transition date and at December 31, 2007. (E) The unamortized deferred transitional gain of $54 million at December 31, 2006, which arose on the change from marked- to-market accounting to hedge accounting that was calculated as at July 1, 2004, was eliminated upon adoption, the impact of which was a decrease to opening deficit of $37 million, net of income taxes of $17 million. (F) Effective January 1, 2007, the Company records all transaction costs for financial assets and financial liabilities in the consolidated statements of income as incurred. The Company had previously deferred these costs and amortized them over the term of the related asset or liability. The carrying value of transaction costs at December 31, 2006, of $39 million, net of income taxes of $20 million, was charged to opening deficit on transition on January 1, 2007. (ii) Derivative instruments: The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage risks from fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates. These instruments include cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements, interest rate exchange agreements, foreign exchange forward contracts and, from time to time, foreign exchange option agreements. All such instruments are only used for risk management purposes. When hedge accounting is applied, the Company formally documents the relationship between derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. At the instrument’s inception, the Company also formally assesses whether the derivatives are highly effective at reducing or modifying interest rate or foreign exchange risk related to the future anticipated interest and principal cash outflows associated with the hedged item. Effectiveness requires a high correlation of changes in fair values or cash flows between the hedged item and the hedging item. On a quarterly basis, the Company confirms that the derivative instruments continue to be highly effective at reducing or modifying interest rate or foreign exchange risk associated with the hedged items. For those instruments that do not meet the above criteria, changes in their fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of income. (I) NET INCOME PER SHARE : The diluted net income per share calculation considers the impact of employee stock options using the treasury stock method. There is no dilutive impact of employee stock options after May 28, 2007, due to the amendment to attach cash settled SARs to all new and previously granted options. (j) INvENTORIES AND R OGERS R ETAIL RENTAL IN vENTORY: Inventories are primarily valued at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, and net realizable value. Rogers Retail rental inventory, which includes videocassettes, DVDs and video games, is amortized to its estimated residual value. The residual value of Rogers Retail rental inventory is recorded as a charge to operating expense upon the sale of Rogers Retail rental inventory. Amortization of Rogers Retail rental inventory is charged to cost of sales on a diminishing-balance basis over a six month period. In 2007, the CICA issued handbook Section 3031, Inventories (“CICA 3031”). CICA 3031 aligns Canadian GAAP with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and establishes the principles for measurement, recognition and disclosure of inventories. The Company adopted this new standard effective January 1, 2007, retrospectively without restatement. The application of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company. (k ) DEFERRED CHARGES : The direct costs paid to lenders to obtain revolving credit facilities are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the debt to which they relate. During the development and pre-operating phases of new products and businesses, related incremental costs are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up to five years. (L) PENSION BENEFITS : The Company accrues its pension plan obligations as employees render the services necessary to earn the pension. The Company uses the current settlement discount rate to measure the accrued pension benefit obligation and uses the corridor method to amortize actuarial gains or losses (such as changes in actuarial assumptions and experience gains or losses) over the average remaining service life of the employees. under the corridor method, amortization is recorded only if the accumulated net actuarial gains or losses exceed 10% of the greater of accrued pension benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets at the beginning of the year. The Company uses the following methods and assumptions for pension accounting: (i) The cost of pensions is actuarially determined using the projected benefit method prorated on service and management’s best estimate of expected plan investment performance, salary escalation, compensation levels at the time of retirement and retirement ages of employees. Changes in these assumptions would impact future pension expense. (ii) For the purpose of calculating the expected return on plan assets, those assets are valued at fair value. (iii) Past service costs from plan amendments are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of employees. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 85 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (M) PROPERT Y, PL ANT AND E qUIPMENT: (ii) Intangible assets: PP&E are recorded at cost. During construction of new assets, direct costs plus a portion of applicable overhead costs are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to operating expenses as incurred. The cost of the initial cable subscriber installation is capitalized. Costs of all other cable connections and disconnections are expensed, except for direct incremental installation costs related to reconnect Cable customers, which are deferred to the extent of reconnect installation revenues. Deferred reconnect revenues and expenses are amortized over the related estimated service period. (N) ACqUIRED PROGR AM RIGHTS : Acquired broadcast program rights are carried at the lower of cost less accumulated amortization, and net realizable value. Acquired program rights and the related liabilities are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets when the licence period begins and the program is available for use. The cost of acquired program rights is amortized over the expected performance period of the related programs. Net realizable value of acquired program rights is assessed using an industry standard methodology. (O) GOODwILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS: (i) Goodwill: Goodwill is the residual amount that results when the purchase price of an acquired business exceeds the sum of the amounts allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based on their fair values. When the Company enters into a business combination, the purchase method of accounting is used. Goodwill is assigned, as of the date of the business combination, to reporting units that are expected to benefit from the business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test is carried out in two steps. In the first step, the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill, is compared with its fair value. When the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to be impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. The second step is carried out when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, in which case, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, determined in the same manner as the value of goodwill is determined in a business combination, is compared with its carrying amount to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recorded at their fair values. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are tested for impairment, as described in note 2(p). Intangible assets having an indefinite life, being spectrum and broadcast licences, are not amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual or more frequent basis by comparing their fair value to their carrying amount. An impairment loss on an indefinite life intangible asset is recognized when the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows: Brand name – Rogers Brand name – Fido Subscriber bases Baseball player contracts Roaming agreements Dealer networks Wholesale agreements Marketing agreement 20 years 5 years 21/4 to 42/3 years 5 years 12 years 4 years 38 months 5 years The Company has tested goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment during 2007 and 2006 and determined that no impairment in the carrying value of these assets existed. (P) LONG -LIvED ASSETS: The Company reviews long-lived assets, which include PP&E and intangible assets with finite useful lives, for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of a group of assets is less than its carrying amount, it is considered to be impaired. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the group of assets exceeds its fair value. During 2007 and 2006, the Company has determined that no impairment in the carrying value of these assets existed. (q) ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS : Asset retirement obligations are legal obligations associated with the retirement of PP&E that result from their acquisition, lease, construction, development or normal operations. The Company records the estimated fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the year in which it is incurred and when a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is the amount at which that liability could be settled in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation transaction and, in the absence of observable market transactions, is determined as the present value of expected cash flows. The Company subsequently allocates the asset retirement cost to expense using a systematic and rational method over the asset’s useful life, and records the accretion of the liability as a charge to operating expenses. 86 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (R) USE OF ESTIMATES : The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Key areas of estimation, where management has made difficult, complex or subjective judgments, often as a result of matters that are inherently uncertain, include the allowance for doubtful accounts and certain accrued liabilities, the ability to use income tax loss carryforwards and other future income tax assets and liabilities, capitalization of internal labour and overhead, useful lives of depreciable assets and intangible assets with finite useful lives, discount rates and expected returns on plan assets affecting pension expense and the deferred pension asset and the recoverability of long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets, which require estimates of future cash flows. For business combinations, key areas of estimation and judgment include the allocation of the purchase price and related integration and severance costs. Significant changes in the assumptions, including those with respect to future business plans and cash flows, could materially change the recorded carrying amounts. (S) RECENT C ANADIAN ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS : (i) Financial instruments: In 2006, the CICA issued handbook Section 3862, Financial Instruments – Disclosures, and handbook Section 3863, Financial Instruments – Presentation. These standards enhance existing disclosure requirements and place greater emphasis on disclosures related to recognized and unrecognized financial instruments and how those risks are managed. Disclosures required by these standards will be included in the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements commencing January 1, 2008. (ii) Capital disclosures: In 2006, the CICA issued handbook Section 1535, Capital Disclosures (“CICA 1535”). CICA 1535 requires that an entity disclose information that enables users of its financial statements to evaluate an entity’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital, including disclosures of any externally imposed capital requirements and the consequences for non- compliance. Disclosures required by the new standard will be included in the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements commencing January 1, 2008. (iii) Goodwill and intangible assets: In 2008, the CICA issued handbook Section 3064, Goodwill and Intangible Assets (“CICA 3064”). CICA 3064, which replaces Section 3062, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, and Section 3450, Research and Development Costs, establishes standards for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of goodwill and intangible assets. The provisions relating to the definition and initial recognition of intangible assets, including internally generated intangible assets, are equivalent to the corresponding provisions of IFRS IAS 38, Intangible Assets. This new standard is effective for the Company’s interim and annual consolidated financial statements commencing January 1, 2009. The Company is assessing the impact of the new standard on its consolidated financial statements. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 87 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 3. SEGMENTED INFORMATION : (A) OPER ATING SEGMENTS : The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the significant accounting policies in note 2. All of the Company’s reportable segments are substantially in Canada. Information by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is as follows: and administrative 1,569 1,900 wireless Cable 2007 Corporate items and Consolidated totals Media eliminations Wireless Cable 2006 Corporate items and Consolidated totals Media eliminations $ 5,503 $ 3,558 $ 1,317 $ (255) $ 10,123 $ 4,580 $ 3,201 $ 1,210 $ (153) $ 8,838 703 653 186 519 46 – 2,532 – 560 113 38 802 – 737 173 226 752 84 – 82 – 52 (101) (76) 961 1,322 628 604 153 412 – 175 206 956 1,226 4 30 4,251 1,376 1,731 678 (22) 3,763 209 452 – 38 (317) – 254 3,099 – 1,603 – 3 1,969 12 630 – 15 890 64 662 – – – – – 18 151 17 52 ( (135) 93) 240 2,875 – 1,584 $ 1,972 $ 65 $ 30 $ (571) $ 1,496 $ (579) (47) 54 (34) (4) $ 886 1,327 $ 164 $ 82 $ (282) $ 1,291 (620) 2 (1) (4) 10 $ 678 Operating revenue Operating expenses: Cost of sales Sales and marketing Operating, general Stock option plan amendment Integration and restructuring Management fees (recovery) Depreciation and amortization Operating income (loss) Interest on long-term debt Loss on repayment of long-term debt Foreign exchange gain Change in fair value of derivative instruments Other income (expense), net Income before income taxes Additions to PP&E Goodwill Total assets $ $ $ 822 $ 814 $ 77 $ 83 $ 1,796 $ 684 $ 794 $ 48 $ 186 $ 1,712 1,140 $ 926 $ 961 $ – $ 3,027 $ 1,150 $ 926 $ 703 $ – $ 2,779 6,747 $ 5,211 $ 2,042 $ 1,325 $ 15,325 $ 7,471 $ 5,216 $ 1,459 $ (41) $ 14,105 88 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS In addition, Cable consists of the following reportable segments. Information by repor table segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is as follows: Cable Operations RBS Rogers Corporate items and Retail eliminations Total Cable Cable Operations RBS Corporate Rogers items and Retail eliminations 2007 2006 Total Cable $ 2,603 $ 571 $ 393 $ (9) $ 3,558 $ 2,299 $ 596 $ 310 $ (4) $ 3,201 – 257 – 75 1,400 484 2 29 106 9 831 186 187 25 5 – (19) (10) – – 186 519 – 219 – 70 153 123 – – 153 412 (9) 1,900 1,237 477 21 (4) 1,731 – – – 113 38 802 – 737 – 8 835 – 1 48 – 6 7 – – – 831 $ (19) $ (10) $ – $ 65 $ 835 $ 710 $ 83 $ 21 $ – $ 814 $ 685 $ 48 $ 98 $ 7 $ 11 $ – $ – $ – 15 890 64 662 164 794 Operating revenue Operating expenses: Cost of sales Sales and marketing Operating, general and administrative Stock option plan amendment Integration and restructuring Management fees Depreciation and amortization Operating income Additions to PP&E $ $ In late December 2006 and during the first quarter of 2007, certain real estate properties and related leases were transferred to RCI from its subsidiaries. This transfer of real estate did not have a material impact on the results of the operating segments. result, beginning in 2007, the Cable operating segment is comprised of the following segments: Cable Operations, Rogers Business Solutions (“RBS”) and Rogers Retail. Comparative figures have been reclassified to reflect this new segmented reporting. Effective January 2007, the Rogers Retail segment of Cable acquired the assets of approximately 170 Wireless retail locations. The results of operations of these stores are included in the Rogers Retail results of operations beginning January 1, 2007. In addition, as a result of the intercompany amalgamation of RCI and certain of its subsidiaries, effective July 1, 2007, the Company discloses segment operating results based on operating income (loss), consistent with internal management reporting. In January 2007, the Company completed an internal reorganization whereby the Cable and Internet and Rogers home Phone segments were combined into one segment known as Cable Operations. As a Beginning January 1, 2007, subsidiaries no longer pay management fees to RCI. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 89 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (B) PRODUC T RE vENUE: Revenue is comprised of the following: Wireless: Postpaid Prepaid One-way messaging Network revenue Equipment sales Cable: Cable Operations RBS Rogers Retail Intercompany eliminations Media: Advertising Circulation and subscription Retail Blue Jays Other Corporate items and intercompany eliminations 4. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS: (A) 20 07 AC qUISITIONS: (i) Futureway Communications Inc.: On June 22, 2007, the Company acquired the remaining 80% of the common shares that it did not already own and the outstanding stock options of Futureway Communications Inc. (“Futureway”) for cash consideration of $38 million. In addition, the Company contributed $48 million to Futureway to simultaneously repay obligations under capital leases, advances from affiliated companies and to terminate a services agreement. The total cash outlay for the acquisition was $86 million. At the same time, Cable entered into a marketing agreement with the former controlling shareholder of Futureway that entitles the Company to preferred marketing arrangements in certain new residential housing developments in the Greater Toronto Area. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method with the results of operations consolidated with those of the Company effective June 22, 2007. 90 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 2007 2006 $ 4,868 $ 4,084 214 15 273 13 5,154 349 4,313 267 5,503 4,580 2,603 571 393 (9) 2,299 596 310 (4) 3,558 3,201 623 164 282 172 76 555 149 279 163 64 1,317 (255) 1,210 (153) $ 10,123 $ 8,838 The estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Futureway acquisition are as follows: Current assets Property, plant and equipment Marketing agreement Other intangible assets Future income tax assets Current liabilities Other liabilities $ $ 4 4 52 7 22 (3) (48) 38 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (ii) Citytv: (iii) Other: On October 31, 2007, the Company acquired certain real properties and 100% of the shares of the legal entities holding the operations of the Citytv network of five television stations in Canada, from CTVglobemedia Inc. for cash consideration of $405 million, including acquisition costs. The purchase price is subject to working capital adjustments. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method, with the results of operations consolidated with those of the Company effective October 31, 2007. The purchase price allocation is preliminary pending finalization of valuations of the net identifiable assets acquired. The preliminary estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Citytv acquisition are as follows: Purchase price Current assets Program inventory PP&E Brand name Broadcast licences Future income tax liabilities Current liabilities Other liabilities Preliminary fair value of net assets acquired Goodwill $ $ $ $ 405 33 25 32 26 86 (15) (32) (14) 141 264 The goodwill has been allocated to the Media reporting segment and is not tax deductible. The Company has developed a plan to restructure and integrate the operations of Citytv and has accrued $6 million as a liability assumed on acquisition in the allocation of the purchase price at December 31, 2007, which is included in current liabilities. On January 1, 2007, the Company acquired five Alberta radio stations for cash consideration of $43 million including acquisition costs. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method with $13 million allocated to net tangible assets acquired, $29 million allocated to broadcast licences acquired and $1 million allocated to goodwill, which is tax deductible, within the Media reporting segment. During 2007, the Company made various other acquisitions for cash consideration of approximately $3 million. On July 6, 2007, the Company announced an agreement to acquire Vancouver multicultural television station Channel M from Multivan Broadcast Corporation. This transaction is subject to Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (“CRTC”) approval and is expected to close in early 2008. During 2007, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement to acquire the remaining two-thirds ownership in Outdoor Life Network to bring its ownership to 100%. This transaction has not yet closed, pending CRTC approval, which is expected in 2008. (B) 20 06 AC qUISITIONS: During 2006, the Company made various acquisitions, accounted for by the purchase method, for cash consideration totalling $6 million. During 2006, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation of certain 2005 acquisitions upon receipt of the final valuations of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired. These adjustments included an increase in the fair value assigned to PP&E of $22 million from that recorded and disclosed in the 2005 consolidated financial statements. Additionally, the fair value of the subscriber bases acquired increased by $24 million from that recorded and disclosed in the 2005 consolidated financial statements. Accompanied with a $1 million adjustment to accrued transaction costs, these adjustments resulted in a decrease in goodwill acquired of $47 million. 5. INvESTMENT IN j OINT vENTURES: The Company has contributed certain assets to joint ventures involved in the provision of wireless broadband Internet service and in certain mobile commerce initiatives (note 11(b)). As at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the years then ended, proportionately consolidating these joint ventures resulted in the following increases (decreases) in the accounts of the Company: Current assets Long-term assets Current liabilities Expenses Net income for the year 2007 2006 $ 7 $ 73 6 25 (25) 11 42 3 20 (20) ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 91 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS In March 2007, the Company contributed its 2.3 Ghz and 3.5 Ghz spectrum licences with a carrying value of $11 million to a 50% owned joint venture for non-cash consideration of $58 million. Accordingly, the carrying value of spectrum licences has been reduced by $5 million in 2007. A deferred gain of $24 million, being the portion of the excess of fair value over carrying value related to the other non-related venturer’s interest in the spectrum licences contributed by the Company, was recorded on contribution of these spectrum licences. This deferred gain is recorded in other long-term liabilities and is being amortized to income over seven years, of which $2 million was recognized in 2007. In addition to a cash contribution of $8 million, the other venturer also contributed its 2.3 Ghz and 3.5 Ghz spectrum licences valued at $50 million to the joint venture. The Company recorded an increase in spectrum licences and cash of $25 million and $4 million, respectively, related to its proportionate share of the contribution by the other venturer. 6. INTEGRATION AND RESTRUCTURING E xPENSES: As a result of the 2005 acquisition of Call-Net Enterprises Inc. (“Call-Net”) and the 2004 acquisition of Fido Inc. (“Fido”), the Company has incurred certain integration costs that did not qualify to be included as part of the purchase price allocation as a liability assumed on acquisition. As a result, these costs are recorded within operating expenses. These expenses include various severance, consulting and other incremental restructuring costs directly related to the acquisitions. During 2007, the Company incurred integration expenses of $14 million related to the Call-Net acquisition. During 2006, the Company incurred $9 million in integration expenses related to the Call-Net acquisition and $3 million in integration expenses related to the Fido acquisition. During 2007, the Company incurred $24 million of restructuring expenses related to RBS, of which $20 million is related to severances resulting from staff reductions to reflect a reduction in customer acquisition efforts related to enterprise and larger business segments. Included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as at December 31, 2007, is $12 million related to the severances, which will be paid in 2008. During 2006, the Company closed 21 of its Rogers Retail stores in Ontario and Quebec. The costs to exit these stores included lease terminations and involuntary severance costs totalling $3 million, as well as a write-down of the related PP&E totalling $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. 7. INCOME TAxES: The income tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of future income tax assets and liabilities are as follows: transactions denominated in foreign currencies Future income tax assets: Non-capital income tax loss carryforwards Capital loss carryforwards Deductions relating to long-term debt and other Investments PP&E and inventory Liability for stock-based compensation Other deductible differences Total future income tax assets Less valuation allowance Future income tax liabilities: Investments Goodwill and intangible assets Other taxable differences Total future income tax liabilities Net future income tax asset Less current portion Long-term future income tax assets (liabilities) 92 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 2007 2006 $ 680 $ 16 100 – 11 148 131 1,086 119 967 981 21 41 52 46 – 125 1,266 150 1,116 (6) (441) (30) – (407) (23) (477) (430) 490 594 $ (104) $ 686 387 299 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS In assessing the realizability of future income tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the future income tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of future income tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the years in which the temporary differences are deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of future income tax liabilities, the character of the future income tax assets and available tax planning strategies in making this assessment. To the extent that management believes that the realization of future income tax assets does not meet the more likely than not realization criterion, a valuation allowance is recorded against the future income tax assets. In making an assessment of whether future income tax assets are more likely than not to be realized, management regularly prepares information regarding the expected use of such assets by reference to its internal income forecasts. Based on management’s estimates of the expected realization of future income tax assets, during 2006 the Company reduced the valuation allowance to reflect that it is more likely than not that certain future income tax assets will be realized. Approximately $300 million of the reduction in the valuation allowance related to future income tax assets arising from acquisitions. Accordingly in 2006, the benefit related to these future income tax assets was reflected as a reduction of goodwill in the amount of $209 million and other intangible assets in the amount of $91 million. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2007, includes $65 million of foreign future income tax assets, $16 million relating to capital loss carryforwards and $38 million relating to unrealized capital losses on u.S. dollar denominated debt and certain investments. In 20 0 0, the Company received a $241 million payment (the “Termination Payment”) from Le Group Vidéotron Ltée (“Vidéotron”) in respect of the termination of a merger agreement between the Company and Vidéotron. In 2006, the Company received a Notice of Reassessment from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) in respect of the Termination Payment. The Company challenged the Notice of Reassessment and, in 2006, recorded a future income tax charge of $25 million based on the expected resolution of this issue. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company was advised by the CRA that its challenge was successful and, as a result, a future income tax recovery of $25 million was recorded to reverse the charge recorded in 2006. Income tax expense varies from the amounts that would be computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes for the following reasons: Statutory income tax rate Computed income tax expense Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: Difference between rates applicable to subsidiaries Change in the valuation allowance for future income tax assets Vidéotron termination payment Adjustments to future income tax assets and liabilities for changes in substantively enacted rates Stock-based compensation Benefits relating to changes to prior year tax filing positions and other items in other jurisdictions Income tax expense 2007 2006 35.2% 35.8% $ 312 $ 243 (12) (20) (25) 47 (17) (36) (12) (168) 25 (14) 15 (33) $ 249 $ 56 As at December 31, 2007, the Company has the following non-capital income tax losses available to reduce future years’ income for income tax purposes: As at December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately $122 million in non-capital income tax losses available in foreign subsidiaries expiring between 2021 and 2027. Income tax losses expiring in the year ending December 31: 2008 $ 2009 2010 2011 2012 Thereafter 184 85 79 – – 1,653 $ 2,001 As at December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately $113 million in capital losses available. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 93 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 8. NET INCOME PER SHARE : The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share: Numerator: Net income for the year, basic and diluted Denominator (in millions): Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic Effect of dilutive securities: Employee stock options Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted Net income per share: Basic Diluted Employee stock options are not considered dilutive after the May 28, 2007, amendment to stock option plans (note 20(a)(i)). 9. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS : Inventories Prepaid expenses Acquired program rights Rogers Retail rental inventory Income taxes receivable Deferred compensation Other 2007 2006 $ 637 $ 622 638 4 642 632 10 642 $ 1.00 $ 0.99 0.99 0.97 $ 2007 2006 110 $ 86 45 32 15 10 6 – 2 113 93 23 35 4 $ 304 $ 270 Amortization expense for Rogers Retail rental inventory is charged to cost of sales and amounted to $46 million in 2007 (2006 – $48 million). The costs of acquired program rights are amortized to operating, general and administrative expenses over the expected performances of the related programs and amounted to $46 million in 2007 (2006 – $27 million). Cost of sales includes $915 million (2006 – $908 million) of inventory costs. 94 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND E qUIPMENT: Details of PP&E are as follows: Land and buildings Towers, head-ends and transmitters Distribution cable and subscriber drops Network equipment Wireless network radio base station equipment Computer equipment and software Customer equipment Leasehold improvements Other $ Accumulated depreciation Cost 662 $ 998 4,562 4,749 1,250 2,068 1,068 316 754 133 $ 566 2,542 2,393 770 1,518 614 175 427 2007 Net book value 2006 Accumulated depreciation Cost Net book value 529 $ 432 2,020 2,356 480 550 454 141 327 561 $ 898 4,288 4,420 1,619 1,789 922 293 614 102 $ 451 2,303 2,233 1,210 1,319 513 169 372 459 447 1,985 2,187 409 470 409 124 242 $ 16,427 $ 9,138 $ 7,289 $ 15,404 $ 8,672 $ 6,732 Other primarily includes miscellaneous equipment and vehicles. PP&E not yet in service and therefore not depreciated at December 31, 2007, amounted to $614 million (2006 – $403 million). Depreciation expense for 2007 amounted to $1,303 million (2006 – $1,172 million). 11. GOODwILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS : (A) GOOD wILL: A summary of the changes to goodwill is as follows: Opening balance Acquisition of Citytv (note 4(a)(ii)) Adjustments to Call-Net purchase price allocation (note 4(b)) Adjustments to other purchase price allocations Other acquisitions (note 4(a)(iii) and (b)) Reduction in valuation allowance for acquired future income tax assets (note 7) $ 2007 2006 2,779 $ 264 – (7) 1 (10) 3,036 – (47) (6) 5 (209) $ 3,027 $ 2,779 INTANGIBLE ASSETS : (B) Details of intangible assets are as follows: Spectrum licences Brand names Subscriber bases Baseball player contracts Roaming agreements Dealer networks Wholesale agreements Marketing agreement Broadcast licences Accumulated amortization Cost 2007 Net book value 2006 Accumulated amortization Cost Net book value $ 921 $ 437 1,046 120 523 41 13 52 147 – $ 116 790 120 138 32 13 5 – 9 921 $ 321 256 – 385 – 47 147 901 $ 411 1,045 120 523 41 13 – 30 – $ 80 609 118 94 22 9 – – 901 331 436 2 429 19 4 – 30 $ 3,300 $ 1,214 $ 2,086 $ 3,084 $ 932 $ 2,152 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 95 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Amortization of brand names, subscriber bases, baseball player contracts, roaming agreements, dealer networks, wholesale agreements and marketing agreement amounted to $282 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 (2006 – $387 million). During 2007, the Company entered into a marketing agreement with the former controlling shareholder of Futureway (note 4(a(i)). The marketing agreement had a fair value of $52 million on acquisition. During 2007, brand names increased by $26 million resulting from the acquisition of Citytv (note 4(a)(ii)). During 2007, broadcast licences increased by $117 million and subscriber bases by $1 million as a result of acquisitions. During 2007, the Company contributed its 2.3 Ghz and 3.5 Ghz spectrum licences with a carrying value of $11 million to its 50% owned joint venture (note 5). The Company also recorded an increase in spectrum licenses of $25 million as a result of contributions by the other venturer, related to the Company’s proportionate share of the contribution. Accordingly, the carrying value of spectrum licences has been increased by approximately $20 million. During 2006, the Company contributed its 2.5 Ghz spectrum licence with a carrying value of $55 million to its 50% owned joint venture. Accordingly, the carrying value of spectrum licences was reduced by approximately $28 million. During 2006, the valuation of intangible assets acquired as part of the Call-Net acquisition was finalized (note 4(b)). This resulted in a $24 million increase in subscriber bases acquired. The offset to this adjustment was recorded as a reduction to goodwill. During 2006, the Company reduced the value ascribed to subscriber bases by $91 million as it reduced the valuation allowance related to future income taxes arising on acquisition (note 7). During 2006, broadcast licences increased by $7 million as a result of acquisition and purchase price adjustments in Media. 12. INvESTMENTS: Investments accounted for by the equity method Publicly traded companies, at quoted market value in 2007: Cogeco Cable Inc. Cogeco Inc. Other publicly traded companies Private companies Number Description 2007 Carrying value Quoted market value 2006 Carrying value $ 12 $ 7 6,595,675 3,399,800 Subordinate voting Common shares Subordinate voting Common shares 214 100 15 329 315 $ 134 16 465 $ 8 $ 485 $ 69 44 4 117 15 139 Refer to note 2(h) for the change in accounting policy related to investments in publicly traded companies. 13. DEFERRED CHARGES: CRTC commitments Deferred installation costs (note 2(b)(iv)) Financing and transaction costs Pre-operating costs Deferred commissions and other $ 2007 2006 72 $ 18 4 3 14 23 17 59 8 11 $ 111 $ 118 Amortization of deferred charges for 2007 amounted to $20 million (2006 – $25 million). Accumulated amortization as at December 31, 2007, amounted to $77 million (2006 – $121 million). Effective January 1, 2007, the Company records all transaction costs related to financial assets and liabilities in the consolidated statements of income as incurred. As a result, the carrying value 96 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS of transaction costs of $39 million at December 31, 2006, net of income taxes of $20 million, was charged to opening deficit on January 1, 2007 (note 2(h)(i)). The Company has committed to the CRTC to spend an aggregate of $137 million in operating funds to provide certain benefits to the Canadian broadcasting system. During 2007, the CRTC commitment increased by $63 million due to the acquisition of five Citytv stations across Canada ($61 million over seven years) and five radio stations in Northern Alberta ($2 million over seven years). In prior years, the Company agreed to pay $50 million in public benefits over seven years relating to the CRTC grant of a new television licence in Toronto and $6 million relating to the purchase of 13 radio stations. The remainder of the commitments relate to a CRTC decision permitting the purchase of Rogers Sportsnet Inc. The liability for this committed expenditure is recorded upon granting of the licence with a corresponding asset. The liability is reduced as the qualifying expenditures are made. The amount of these liabilities, included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities, is $87 million at December 31, 2007 (2006 – $32 million). Deferred charges related to these commitments are being amortized over periods ranging from six to seven years. 14. OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS: Acquired program rights Deferred pension asset (note 18) Indefeasible right of use agreement Deferred compensation Cash surrender value of life insurance Long-term debt prepayment option (note 2(h)(i)(C)) Long-term receivables Long-term deposits Other 15. LONG-TERM DEBT: Corporate: Bank credit facility Formerly Rogers Wireless Inc.: Floating Rate Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Debentures Senior Subordinated Notes Fair value increment arising from purchase accounting Formerly Rogers Cable Inc.: Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Notes Senior Debentures Media: Bank credit facility Capital leases and other Less current portion $ 2007 2006 41 $ 39 30 29 16 13 12 2 2 26 34 16 16 14 – 10 32 4 $ 184 $ 152 Due date Principal amount Interest rate 2007 2006 Floating $ 1,240 $ – 2010 $ u.S. 550 u.S. 490 2011 460 2011 u.S. 470 2012 u.S. 750 2014 u.S. 550 2015 u.S. 155 2016 u.S. 400 2012 Floating 9.625% 7.625% 7.25% 6.375% 7.50% 9.75% 8.00% 2007 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2032 450 175 u.S. 350 u.S. 350 u.S. 350 u.S. 280 u.S. 200 7.60% 7.25% 7.875% 6.25% 5.50% 6.75% 8.75% Floating Various 5 – 484 460 464 741 543 – 395 17 – 175 346 346 346 277 198 – 1 641 571 460 48 874 641 181 466 36 450 175 408 408 408 326 233 160 2 6,033 1 6,988 451 $ 6,032 $ 6,537 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 97 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Further details of long-term debt are as follows: (B) BANk CREDIT FACILIT Y : (i) Corporate bank credit facility: (A) REORGANIz ATION OF LONG -TERM DEBT : On June 29, 2007, the $1 billion Cable bank credit facility, the $700 million Wireless bank credit facility and the $600 million Media bank credit facility were cancelled and the Company entered into a new unsecured $2.4 billion bank credit facility, the initial proceeds of which were used to repay and cancel each of the Cable, Wireless and Media bank credit facilities. On July 1, 2007, the Company completed an intracompany amalgamation of RCI and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Rogers Cable Inc. and Rogers Wireless Inc. The amalgamated entity continues as Rogers Communications Inc. and Rogers Cable Inc. and Rogers Wireless Inc. are no longer separate corporate entities and have ceased to be reporting issuers. This intracompany amalgamation does not impact the consolidated results previously reported by the Company. In addition, the operating subsidiaries of Rogers Cable Inc. and Rogers Wireless Inc. were not part of and were not impacted by the amalgamation. As a result of the amalgamation, on July 1, 2007, Rogers Communications Inc. assumed all of the rights and obligations under all of the outstanding Rogers Cable Inc. and Rogers Wireless Inc. public debt indentures and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. As part of the amalgamation process, on June 29, 2007, Rogers Cable Inc. and Rogers Wireless Inc. released all security provided by bonds issued under the Rogers Cable Inc. deed of trust and the Rogers Wireless Inc. deed of trust for all of the then outstanding Rogers Cable Inc. and Rogers Wireless Inc. senior public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. As a result, none of the senior public debt or cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements remain secured by such bonds effective as of June 29, 2007. As a result of these actions, the outstanding public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and the new $2.4 billion bank credit facility are unsecured obligations of Rogers Communications Inc. The Rogers Communications Inc. public debt originally issued by Rogers Cable Inc. has Rogers Cable Communications Inc. (“RCCI”), a wholly owned subsidiary, as a co-obligor and Rogers Wireless Partnership (“RWP”), a wholly owned subsidiary, as an unsecured guarantor while the Rogers Communications Inc. public debt originally issued by Rogers Wireless Inc. has RWP as a co-obligor and RCCI as an unsecured guarantor. Similarly, RCCI and RWP have provided unsecured guarantees for the new bank credit facility and the cross currency interest rate exchange agreements. Accordingly, Rogers Communications Inc.’s bank debt, senior public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements now rank pari passu on an unsecured basis. The Company’s subordinated public debt remains subordinated to its senior debt. The RCI credit facility provides the Company with up to $2.4 billion from a consortium of Canadian financial institutions. The bank credit facility is available on a fully revolving basis until maturity on July 2, 2013, and there are no scheduled reductions prior to maturity. The interest rate charged on the bank credit facility ranges from nil to 0.50% per annum over the bank prime rate or base rate or 0.475% to 1.75% over the bankers’ acceptance rate or the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The Company’s bank credit facility is unsecured and ranks pari passu with the Company’s senior public debt and cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. The bank credit facility requires that the Company satisfy certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of certain financial ratios. (ii) Cancelled w ireless bank credit facility: Prior to its repayment and cancellation on June 29, 2007, Wireless’ bank credit facility provided Wireless with up to $700 million from a consortium of Canadian financial institutions. There were no amounts outstanding under Wireless’ bank credit facility at December 31, 2006. Interest rates under the bank credit facility ranged from the bank prime rate or base rate to the bank prime rate or base rate plus 1.75% per annum, the bankers’ acceptance rate plus 1% to 2.75% per annum and LIBOR plus 1% to 2.75% per annum. (iii) Cancelled Cable bank credit facility: Prior to its repayment and cancellation on June 29, 2007, Cable’s bank credit facility provided Cable with up to $1 billion of available credit, comprised of a $600 million Tranche A credit facility and a $400 million Tranche B credit facility, both of which were available on a fully revolving basis until maturity on July 2, 2010, and there were no scheduled reductions prior to maturity. There were no amounts outstanding under Cable’s bank credit facility at December 31, 2006. The interest rate charged on the Cable bank credit facility ranged from nil to 2.0% per annum over the bank prime rate or base rate or 0.625% to 3.25% per annum over the bankers’ acceptance rate or LIBOR. (iv) Cancelled Media bank credit facility: Prior to its repayment and cancellation on June 29, 2007, Media’s 2006 bank credit facility provided Media with up to $600 million from a consortium of Canadian financial institutions. There was $160 million outstanding under Media’s bank credit facility at December 31, 2006. Borrowings under this facility were available to Media for general corporate purposes on a fully revolving basis until the facility was cancelled on June 29, 2007. The interest rates charged on this credit facility ranged from the bank prime rate or u.S. base rate plus nil to 2.0% per annum and the bankers’ acceptance rate or LIBOR plus 1.0% to 3.0% per annum. 98 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (C ) SENIOR NOTES AND DEBENTURES AND SENIOR SUBORDINATED N OTES: Interest is paid semi-annually on all of the Company’s notes and debentures, with the exception of the Floating Rate Senior Notes, for which interest was paid on a quarterly basis. Each of the Company’s Senior Notes and Debentures and Senior Subordinated Notes is redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at any time, subject to a certain prepayment premium. The following two note issues have specific prepayment premiums: (i) The Company’s u.S. $550 million of Floating Rate Senior Notes were redeemable in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at any time on or after December 15, 2006, at 102.0% of the principal amount, declining ratably to 100.0% of the principal amount on or after December 15, 2008, plus, in each case, interest accrued to the redemption date. The Company paid interest on the Floating Rate Notes at LIBOR plus 3.125%, reset quarterly. These notes were redeemed by the Company on May 3, 2007. (ii) The Company’s u.S. $400 million Senior Subordinated Notes are redeemable in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at any time up to December 15, 2008, subject to a certain prepayment premium and at any time on or after December 15, 2008, at 104.0% of the principal amount, declining ratably to 100.0% of the principal amount on or after December 15, 2010. At December 31, 2007, the fair value of this prepayment option is $13 million (note 2(h)(i)(C)). (D) FAIR vALUE INCREMENT ARISING FROM PURCHASE ACCOUNTING: The fair value increment on long-term debt is a purchase accounting adjustment required by GAAP as a result of the acquisition of the minority interest of Wireless during 2004. under GAAP, the purchase method of accounting requires that the assets and liabilities of an acquired enterprise be revalued to fair value when allocating the purchase price of the acquisition. The fair value increment is amortized over the remaining term of the related debt and recorded as part of interest expense. The fair value increment, applied against the specific debt instruments to which it relates, results in the following carrying values at December 31, 2007 and 2006 of the debt in the Company’s consolidated accounts: Floating Rate Senior Notes, due 2010 Senior Notes, due 2011 Senior Notes, due 2011 Senior Notes, due 2012 Senior Notes, due 2014 Senior Notes, due 2015 Senior Debentures, due 2016 Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2012 Total Floating 9.625% 7.625% 7.25% 6.375% 7.50% 9.75% 8.00% 2007 2006 $ – $ 507 461 466 728 545 – 397 643 600 461 551 859 644 192 468 $ 3,104 $ 4,418 (E) DEBT REPAYMENTS : (i) On February 6, 2007, the Company repaid at maturity, the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Cable’s $450 million 7.60% Senior Notes. On May 3, 2007, the Company redeemed the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Wireless’ u.S. $550 million ($609 million) Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2010 at a redemption premium of 2%, or $12 million. On June 21, 2007, the Company redeemed the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Wireless’ u.S. $155 million ($166 million) 9.75% Senior Debentures due 2016 at a redemption premium of 28.416%, or $47 million. The Company incurred a net loss on repayment of long-term debt in 2007 aggregating $47 million, including aggregate redemption premiums of $59 million offset by a write down of a previously recorded fair value increment of $12 million. In addition, in conjunction with these redemptions, the Company made aggregate net payments on settlement of cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and forward contracts of $35 million (note 16(a)). (ii) During 2006, the Company redeemed or repaid an aggregate $261 million principal amount of Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes as well as a mortgage and capital leases in the aggregate principal amount of $25 million. A prepayment premium of $1 million was also incurred as part of these repayments. (F ) wEIGHTED AvER AGE INTEREST R ATE: The Company’s effective weighted average interest rate on all long-term debt, as at December 31, 2007, including the effect of all of the derivative instruments, was 7.53% (2006 – 7.98%). (G) PRINCIPAL REPAYMENTS: As at December 31, 2007, principal repayments due within each of the next five years and thereafter on all long-term debt are as follows: 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Thereafter $ 1 – – 1,119 1,206 3,690 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 99 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (H) FOREIGN E xCHANGE: Foreign exchange gains related to the translation of long-term debt recorded in the consolidated statements of income totalled $46 million (2006 – less than $1 million). (I) TERMS AND CONDITIONS : The provisions of the Company’s $2.4 billion bank credit facility described above impose certain restrictions on the operations and activities of the Company, the most significant of which are debt maintenance tests. In addition, certain of the Company’s Senior Notes and Debentures described above (including the Company’s 9.625% Senior Notes due 2011, 7.875% Senior Notes due 2012, 6.25% Senior Notes due 2013 and 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032) contain debt incurrence tests as well as restrictions upon additional investments, sales of assets and payment of dividends, all of which are suspended in the event the public debt securities are assigned investment grade ratings by at least two of three specified credit rating agencies. As at December 31, 2007, all of these public debt securities were assigned an investment grade rating by each of the three specified credit rating agencies and, accordingly, these restrictions have been suspended for so long as such investment grade ratings are maintained. The Company’s other Senior Notes and its Senior Subordinated Notes do not contain any such restrictions, regardless of the credit ratings for such securities. In addition to the foregoing, the repayment dates of certain debt agreements may be accelerated if there is a change in control of the Company. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company was in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of its long-term debt agreements. 16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: (A) DERIvATIvE INSTRUMENTS : Details of the derivative instruments liability are as follows: 2007 Foreign exchange component Interest rate component Less current portion 2007 Cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements accounted for as cash flow hedges Cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements not accounted for as hedges Less current portion Estimated fair value $ 1,719 85 1,804 195 $ 1,609 U.S. $ notional Exchange rate Cdn. $ notional Estimated fair value, being carrying amount $ 4,190 10 $ 4,200 1 .3313 $ 1.5370 5,578 $ 15 $ 5,593 1,798 6 1,804 195 $ 1,609 100 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2006 Cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements accounted for as cash flow hedges Cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements not accounted for as hedges Transitional gain Less current portion u.S. $ notional Exchange rate Cdn. $ notional Carrying value Estimated fair value $ 4,190 1.3313 $ 5,578 $ 710 $ 1,282 285 1.1993 4,475 – 4,475 275 1.1870 342 5,920 – 5,920 326 12 722 54 776 12 1,294 – 1,294 7 7 $ 4,200 $ 5,594 $ 769 $ 1,287 A transition adjustment arising on the change from marked-to- market accounting to hedge accounting was calculated as at July 1, 2004, resulting in a deferred transitional gain of $80 million. upon adoption of the new financial instruments accounting standards on January 1, 2007, the unamortized transitional gain of $54 million was eliminated, the impact of which was a decrease in opening deficit of $37 million, net of income taxes of $17 million (note 2(h)(i)). Amortization of the net transitional gain for the year ended December 31, 2006, was $9 million. (B) FAIR vALUES: The Company has determined the fair values of its financial instruments as follows: (i) The carrying amounts in the consolidated balance sheets of accounts receivable, bank advances arising from outstanding cheques and accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair values because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. In conjunction with the May 3, 2007, redemption of Wireless’ u.S. $550 million Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2010 and the June 21, 2007, redemption of Wireless’ u.S. $155 million 9.75% Senior Debentures due 2016, the Company incurred a net cash outlay of $35 million on settlement of cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and forward contracts. During 2006, cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements of u.S. $327 million aggregate notional amount matured. Wireless incurred a net cash outlay of $20 million upon settlement of these cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements. An interest rate exchange agreement of $30 million notional amount held by Cable also matured. All of the Company’s cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements are unsecured obligations of RCI. In addition, RCCI and RWP have provided unsecured guarantees for all of the Company’s cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements (note 15(a)). (ii) Investments: The fair values of investments that are publicly traded are determined by the quoted market values for each of the investments (note 12). Management believes that the fair values of other investments are not significantly different from their carrying amounts. (iii) Long-term receivables: The fair values of long-term receivables approximate their carrying amounts since the interest rates approximate current market rates. (iv) Long-term debt and derivative instruments: The fair values of each of the Company’s public debt instruments are based on the year-end trading values. The fair value of the bank credit facility approximates its carrying value since the interest rates approximate current market rates. The fair values of the Company’s interest exchange agreements, cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements and other derivative instruments are based on values quoted by the counterparties to the agreements. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 101 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The estimated fair values of the Company’s long-term debt and related derivative instruments as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows: Liability: Long-term debt Derivative instruments (1) 2006 balance excludes deferred transitional gain of $54 million. 2007 2006 Carrying amount Estimated fair value Carrying amount Estimated fair value $ 6,033 $ 1,804 6,357 $ 1,804 6,988 $ 722(1) 7,397 1,294 $ 7,837 $ 8,161 $ 7,710 $ 8,691 At December 31, 2007, 100% of u.S. dollar-denominated debt (2006 – 85.6%) was protected from fluctuations in the foreign exchange between the u.S. and Canadian dollars by derivative instruments. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Credit risk of cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements arises from the possibility that the counterparties to the agreements may default on their respective obligations under the agreements in instances where these agreements have positive fair value for the Company. The Company assesses the creditworthiness of the counterparties in order to minimize the risk of counterparty default under the agreements. All of the portfolio is held by financial institutions with a Standard & Poors rating (or the equivalent) ranging from A+ to AA. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support the credit risk associated with cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements due to the Company’s assessment of the creditworthiness of the counterparties. The obligations under u.S. $4,200 million (2006 – u.S. $4,475 million) aggregate notional amount of the cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements are unsecured and generally rank equally with the Company’s senior indebtedness. (v) Other long-term liabilities: The carrying amounts of other long-term liabilities approximate fair values as the interest rates approximate current rates. (C ) OTHER DISCLOSURES : The Company does not have any significant concentrations of credit risk related to any financial asset. 17. OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES: CRTC commitments (note 13) Deferred compensation Program rights liability Share appreciation rights Deferred gain on contribution of spectrum licences, net of amortization of $2 million (note 5) Restricted share units Supplemental executive retirement plan Other $ 2007 2006 66 $ 36 26 22 22 16 15 11 9 21 54 19 – – 13 13 $ 214 $ 129 102 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 18. PENSIONS: The Company maintains both contributory and non-contributory defined benefit pension plans that cover most of its employees. The plans provide pensions based on years of service, years of contributions and earnings. The Company does not provide any non-pension postretirement benefits. to certain adjustments. The most recent actuarial valuations were completed as at January 1, 2007, for all of the plans. The next actuarial valuation for funding purposes must be of a date no later than January 1, 2008, for certain of the plans and January 1, 2010, for one of the plans. Actuarial estimates are based on projections of employees’ compensation levels at the time of retirement. Maximum retirement benefits are primarily based upon career average earnings, subject The estimated present value of accrued plan benefits and the estimated market value of the net assets available to provide for these benefits measured at September 30 for the year ended December 31 are as follows: Plan assets, at fair value Accrued benefit obligations Deficiency of plan assets over accrued benefit obligations Employer contributions after measurement date unrecognized transitional asset unamortized past service costs unamortized net actuarial loss Deferred pension asset 2007 2006 $ 606 $ 689 (83) 7 (18) 11 122 545 612 (67) 4 (28) 3 122 $ 39 $ 34 Pension fund assets consist primarily of fixed income and equity securities, valued at fair value. The following information is provided on pension fund assets measured at September 30 for the year ended December 31: Plan assets, beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Contributions by employees Contributions by employer Benefits paid Plan assets, end of year Accrued benefit obligations are outlined below measured at September 30 for the year ended December 31: Accrued benefit obligations, beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Contributions by employees Actuarial loss (gain) Plan amendments Accrued benefit obligations, end of year 2007 2006 $ 545 $ 39 18 28 (24) 484 40 15 28 (22) $ 606 $ 545 $ 2007 2006 612 $ 29 34 (24) 18 10 10 – 575 24 32 (22) 15 (12) $ 689 $ 612 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 103 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Net pension expense is outlined below: Plan cost: Service cost Interest cost Actual return on plan assets Actuarial loss (gain) on benefit obligations Plan amendments Costs Differences between costs arising during the year and costs recognized during the year in respect of: Return on plan assets Actuarial loss (gain) Plan amendments/prior service cost Amortization of transitional asset 2007 2006 $ 29 $ 34 (39) 10 10 44 2 (4) (8) (10) 24 32 (40) (12) – 4 7 22 1 (10) 24 Net pension expense $ 24 $ The Company also provides supplemental unfunded pension benefits to certain executives. The accrued benefit obligation relating to these supplemental plans amounted to approximately $24 million at December 31, 2007 (2006 – $19 million), and the related expense for 2007 was $2 million (2006 – $4 million). The accrued pension liability at December 31, 2007, is $15 million (2006 – $13 million) (note 17). (A) AC TUARIAL ASSUMP TIONS : Weighted average discount rate used to determine accrued benefit obligations Weighted average discount rate used to determine pension expense Weighted average rate of compensation increase used to determine accrued benefit obligations Weighted average rate of compensation increase used to determine pension expense Weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 2007 2006 5.65% 5.25% 3.25% 3.50% 6.75% 5.25% 5.25% 3.50% 3.50% 6.75% Expected return on assets represents management’s best estimate of the long-term rate of return on plan assets applied to the fair value of the plan assets. The Company establishes its estimate of the expected rate of return on plan assets based on the fund’s target asset allocation and estimated rate of return for each asset class. Estimated rates of return are based on expected returns from fixed income securities which take into account bond yields. An equity risk premium is then applied to estimate equity returns. Differences between expected and actual return are included in actuarial gains and losses. The estimated average remaining service periods for the plans range from 9 to 13 years. The Company did not have any curtailment gains or losses in 2007 or 2006. (B) ALLOC ATION OF PL AN ASSETS : Asset category Equity securities Debt securities Other (cash) Percentage of plan assets at measurement date, 2007 Percentage of plan assets at measurement date, 2006 Target asset allocation percentage 59.7% 40.0% 0.3% 100.0% 59.7% 40.0% 0.3% 100.0% 50% to 65% 35% to 50% 0% to 1% Plan assets are comprised primarily of pooled funds that invest in common stocks and bonds. The pooled Canadian equity fund has investments in the Company’s equity securities comprising approximately 1% of the pooled fund. This results in approximately $1 million (2006 – $1 million) of the plans’ assets being indirectly invested in the Company’s equity securities. The Company makes contributions to the plans to secure the benefits of plan members and invests in permitted investments using the target ranges established by the Pension Committee of the Company. The Pension Committee reviews actuarial assumptions on an annual basis. 104 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (C ) AC TUAL CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PL ANS FOR THE YEARS ENDED D ECEMBER 31, 20 07 AND 20 06 ARE AS FOLLO wS: 2007 2006 Expected contributions by the Company in 2008 are estimated to be $35 million. Employee contributions for 2008 are assumed to be at levels similar to 2007 on the assumption staffing levels in the Company will remain the same on a year-over-year basis. 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 (D) ExPEC TED C ASH FLO wS: Expected benefit payments for funded and unfunded plans for fiscal year ending: Next five years Employer Employee Total $ 29 $ 28 18 $ 15 47 43 $ $ 31 31 32 32 33 159 175 334 Certain subsidiaries have defined contribution plans with total pension expense of $2 million in 2007 (2006 – $2 million). 19. SHAREHOLDERS’ EqUITY: (A) C APITAL STOC k: Preferred shares: (i) Rights and conditions: There are 400 million authorized Preferred shares without par value, issuable in series, with rights and terms of each series to be fixed by the Board of Directors prior to the issue of such series. The Preferred shares have no rights to vote at any general meeting of the Company. No Preferred shares have been issued. All prior period common stock and applicable share and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the split. Reflecting the approval of these resolutions, there are 112,474,388 authorized Class A Voting shares without par value. Each Class A Voting share is entitled to 50 votes per share. The Class A Voting shares are convertible on a one-for-one basis into Class B Non-Voting shares. (ii) Common shares: There are 1.4 billion authorized Class B Non-Voting shares. Rights and conditions: On October 30, 2006, subject to shareholder approval, the Board of Directors approved a resolution effecting a two-for-one split of the Company’s Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares where shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 29, 2006, would receive one additional share of the relevant class for each share held upon distribution. The Board also approved resolutions, again subject to shareholder approval, increasing the maximum number of Class A Voting shares authorized to be issued by 56,233,894 and requiring that all of the authorized and issued and fully paid Class B Non-Voting shares with a par value, prior to the split, of $1.62478 each be changed into shares without par value. These resolutions were approved at a shareholder meeting held on December 15, 2006. The Articles of Continuance of the Company under the Company Act (British Columbia) impose restrictions on the transfer, voting and issue of the Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares in order to ensure that the Company remains qualified to hold or obtain licences required to carry on certain of its business undertakings in Canada. The Company is authorized to refuse to register transfers of any shares of the Company to any person who is not a Canadian in order to ensure that the Company remains qualified to hold the licences referred to above. (B) DIvIDENDS: During 2006 and 2007, the Company declared and paid the following dividends on each of its outstanding Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares: ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 105 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Date declared April 25, 2006 October 30, 2006 February 15, 2007 May 28, 2007 July 31, 2007 November 1, 2007 Date paid Dividend per share July 4, 2006 $ 0.0375 0.0400 January 2, 2007 $ 0.0775 April 2, 2007 $ 0.0400 0.1250 0.1250 0.1250 July 3, 2007 October 1, 2007 January 2, 2008 $ 0.4150 On January 7, 2008, the Board approved an increase in the annual dividend from $0.50 to $1.00 per Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting share to be paid quarterly on each outstanding Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting share. Consequently, the Class A Voting shares may receive a dividend at a quarterly rate of up to $0.25 per share only after the Class B Non-Voting shares have been paid a dividend at a quarterly rate of $0.25 per share. The Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting shares share equally in dividends after payment of a dividend of $0.25 per share for each class. 20. STOCk-BASED COMPENSATION : Stock options, share units and share purchase plans: As a result of the Company’s two-for-one stock split (note 19(a (ii)), the numbers of options, restricted share units and deferred share units outstanding were adjusted, in accordance with existing provisions of the plans for these awards, such that the holders of these awards would be in the same economic position before and after effecting the stock split. Consequently, these adjustments did not result in a new measurement date for these awards. Stock-based compensation: Stock options (a) Restricted share units (b) Deferred share units (c) All prior period numbers of options, restricted share units and deferred share units as well as exercise prices and fair values per individual award have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the two-for-one stock split. A summary of stock-based compensation expense is as follows: 2007 2006 $ 34 $ 21 7 $ 62 $ 32 12 5 49 These amounts are exclusive of the $452 million charge related to the amendment of the stock option plans on May 28, 2007, as described below: (A) STOCk OP TIONS : (i) Amendments to stock option plans: On May 28, 20 07, the Company’s 1994 Stock Option Plan (“1994 Plan”), 1996 Stock Option Plan (“1996 Plan”) and 2000 Stock Option Plan (“2000 Plan”) were amended to allow for cash settled SARs to be attached to all new and previously granted options. The SAR feature allows option holders to elect to receive an amount in cash equal to the intrinsic value, being the excess market price of the Class B Non-Voting share over the exercise price of the option, instead of exercising the option and acquiring Class B Non-Voting shares. As a result, effective May 28, 2007, all outstanding stock options are classified as liabilities and are carried at their intrinsic value as adjusted for vesting. The intrinsic value is marked-to-market each period and is amortized to expense over the period in which the related services are rendered, which is usually the graded vesting period or, as applicable, over the period to the date an employee is eligible to retire, whichever is shorter. Prior to May 28, 2007, all stock options were classified as equity and were measured at the estimated fair value established by the Black-Scholes or binomial models on the date of grant. under this method, the estimated fair value was amortized to expense over the period in which the related services were rendered, which is usually the vesting period or, as applicable, over the period to the date an employee was eligible to retire, whichever was shorter. The impact of the amendment to the stock option plans at May 28, 2007, was an increase in liabilities of $502 million, a decrease in contributed surplus of $50 million and a one-time non-cash charge of $452 million. In addition, a future income tax recovery of $160 million was recorded on May 28, 2007, as a result of the amendment. 106 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Effective March 1, 2006, the Company amended certain provisions of its stock option plans, which resulted in a new measurement date for purposes of determining compensation cost. The amendment provides that on the death or retirement of an option holder, or the resignation of a director, options would continue to be exercisable until the original expiry date in accordance with their original terms and the vesting would not be accelerated. The amendment resulted in additional compensation cost of $7 million, of which $1 million was recorded as stock-based compensation expense in 2007 (2006 – $4 million). At December 31, 2007, a summary of the stock option plans is as follows: Outstanding, beginning of year Granted Exercised Forfeited Outstanding, end of year Exercisable, end of year At December 31, 2007, the range of exercise prices, the weighted average exercise price and the weighted average remaining contractual life are as follows: Range of exercise prices $ 1.36 – $ 6.99 $ 7.00 – $ 9.99 $ 10.00 – $ 10.99 $ 11.00 – $ 11.99 $ 12.00 – $ 16.99 $ 17.00 – $ 18.99 $ 19.00 – $ 37.99 $ 38.00 – $ 47.99 (ii) Stock option plans: Options to purchase Class B Non-Voting shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis may be granted to employees, directors and officers of the Company and its affiliates by the Board of Directors or by the Company’s Management Compensation Committee. There are 30 million options authorized under the 2000 Plan, 25 million options authorized under the 1996 Plan, and 9.5 million options authorized under the 1994 Plan. The term of each option is 7 to 10 years and the vesting period is generally four years but may be adjusted by the Management Compensation Committee on the date of grant. The exercise price for options is equal to the fair market value of the Class B Non-Voting shares determined as the five-day average before the grant date as quoted on The Toronto Stock Exchange. Effective July 1, 2006, non-executive directors no longer receive stock options. 2007 weighted average exercise price Number of options 2006 Weighted average exercise price Number of options 19,694,860 $ 1,886,088 (5,847,046) (147,836) 11.17 26,478,848 $ 39.19 2,043,900 7.17 (7,826,982) 20.16 (1,000,906) 9.62 22.71 8.80 12.22 15,586,066 $ 15.96 19,694,860 $ 11.17 11,409,666 $ 11.41 14,160,866 $ 9.65 Options outstanding Options exercisable Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) Weighted average exercise price Number exercisable Weighted average exercise price 1.9 $ 5.1 5.8 3.7 3.6 2.3 5.2 6.2 2,087,886 $ 5.82 8.44 1,743,670 10.43 2,258,025 1,715,831 11.85 1,606,911 13.92 1,484,316 17.63 513,027 22.90 – 39.22 5.82 8.44 10.43 11.85 13.41 17.63 22.72 – Number outstanding 2,087,886 1,743,670 2,598,025 1,715,831 2,031,094 1,498,028 2,066,239 1,845,293 15,586,066 3.6 $ 15.96 11,409,666 $ 11.41 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 107 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The weighted average estimated fair value at the date of grant for options granted from January 1, 2007, to May 28, 2007, was $13.62 per share (2006 – $8.89). unrecognized stock-based compensation expense at December 31, 2007 related to stock-option plans was $20 million, and will be recorded in the consolidated statements of income over the next four years. (iii) Performance options: During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company granted 1,036,200 (2006 – 1,398,800) performance-based options to certain key executives. These options are governed by the terms of the 2000 Plan. These options vest on a straight-line basis over four years provided that certain targeted stock prices are met on or after the anniversary date. As a result of the May 28, 2007, SAR amendment, all outstanding options, including the performance options, are classified as liabilities and are carried at their intrinsic value as adjusted for vesting. (iv) Assumptions: The fair values of options granted or amended prior to May 28, 2007, and during 2006 were based on the following assumptions: Risk-free interest rate Dividend yield Volatility factor of the future expected market prices of Class B Non-Voting shares Weighted average expected life of the options Prior to May 28, 2007 2006 3.92% – 4.00% 0.42% – 0.43% 34.47% – 36.55% 4.7 – 6.0 years 3.94% – 4.47% 0.27% – 0.48% 35.46% – 42.30% 4.8 – 5.6 years (B) RESTRIC TED SHARE UNIT PL AN : The restricted share unit plan enables employees, officers and directors of the Company to participate in the growth and development of the Company. under the terms of the plan, restricted share units are issued to the participant and the units issued vest over a period not to exceed three years from the grant date. On the vesting date, the Company, at its option, shall redeem all of the participants’ restricted share units in cash or by issuing one Class B Non-Voting share for each restricted share unit. The Company has reserved 4,000,000 Class B Non-Voting shares for issuance under this plan. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company granted 266,720 restricted share units (2006 – 506,964). At December 31, 2007, 1,167,564 (2006 – 1,037,668) restricted share units were outstanding. These restricted share units vest at the end of three years from the grant date. Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2007, related to these restricted share units was $21 million (2006 – $12 million). unrecognized stock-based compensation expense as at December 31, 2007, related to these restricted share units was $19 million (2006 – $20 million), and will be recorded in the consolidated statements of income over the next three years. remuneration in deferred share units, which are classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets (2007 – $24 million; 2006 – $9 million). During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company granted 281,079 deferred share units (2006 – 73,353). At December 31, 2007, 544,370 (2006 – 263,291) deferred share units were outstanding. Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 related to these deferred share units was $7 million (2006 – $5 million). There is no unrecognized compensation related to deferred share units, since these awards vest immediately when granted. (D) EMPLOYEE SHARE ACCUMUL ATION PL AN : The employee share accumulation plan allows employees to voluntarily participate in a share purchase plan. under the terms of the plan, employees of the Company can contribute a specified percentage of their regular earnings through payroll deductions. The designated administrator of the plan then purchases, on a monthly basis, Class B Non-Voting shares of the Company on the open market on behalf of the employee. At the end of each month, the Company makes a contribution of 25% to 50% of the employee’s contribution in the month, which is recorded as compensation expense. The administrator then uses this amount to purchase additional shares of the Company on behalf of the employee, as outlined above. (C ) DEFERRED SHARE UNIT PL AN : The deferred share unit plan enables directors and certain key executives of the Company to elect to receive certain types of Compensation expense related to the employee share accumulation plan amounted to $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 (2006 – $4 million). 108 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 21. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLO wS AND SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION : (A) CHANGE IN NON - C ASH OPER ATING wORkING C APITAL ITEMS: Increase in accounts receivable Increase in other assets Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities Increase (decrease) in unearned revenue (B) SUPPLEMENTAL C ASH FLO w INFORMATION : Income taxes paid Interest paid 22. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS : The Company entered into the following related party transactions: (A) The Company has entered into certain transactions in the normal course of business with certain broadcasters in which the Company has an equity interest. The amounts paid to these broadcasters are as follows: $ 2007 2006 (122) $ (71) (115) (2) (198) (21) 231 51 $ (310) $ 63 2007 2006 $ 1 $ 605 5 650 Access fees paid to broadcasters accounted for by the equity method 2007 2006 $ 18 $ 19 (B) The Company has entered into certain transactions with companies, the partners or senior officers of which are or were directors of the Company. Total amounts paid by the Company to these related parties, directly or indirectly, are as follows: Legal services and commissions paid on premiums for insurance coverage 2007 2006 $ 2 $ 2 (C ) The Company entered into certain transactions with the controlling shareholder of the Company and companies controlled by the controlling shareholder of the Company. These transactions are subject to formal agreements approved by the Audit Committee. Total amounts paid to (received from) these related parties are as follows: Charges (recoveries) for use of aircraft and other administrative services 2007 2006 $ (1) $ 1 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 109 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS These transactions are recorded at the exchange amount, being the amount agreed to by the related parties, and are reviewed by the Audit Committee. In 2005, with the approval of a Special Committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors, the Company entered into an arrangement to sell to the controlling shareholder of the Company, for $13 million in cash, the shares in two wholly owned subsidiaries whose only asset consists of tax losses aggregating approximately $10 million. The Special Committee was advised by independent counsel and engaged an accounting firm as part of their review to ensure that the sale price was within a range that would be fair from a financial point of view. Further to this arrangement, on April 7, 2006, a company controlled by the controlling shareholder of the Company purchased the shares in one of these wholly owned subsidiaries for cash of $7 million. On July 24, 2006, the shares of the second wholly owned subsidiary were purchased by a company controlled by the controlling shareholder for cash of $6 million. (E) In addition to the items listed above, the future minimum lease payments under operating leases for the rental of premises, distribution facilities, equipment and microwave towers, commitments for player contracts, purchase obligations and other contracts at December 31, 2007, are as follows: Year ending December 31: 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 and thereafter $ 956 695 681 136 113 174 $ 2,755 Rent expense for 2007 amounted to $166 million (2006 – $169 million). 23. COMMITMENTS: (A) The Company is committed, under the terms of its licences issued by Industry Canada, to spend 2% of certain wireless revenues earned in each year on research and development activities. (B) The Company enters into agreements with suppliers to provide services and products that include minimum spend commitments. The Company has agreements with certain telephone companies that guarantee the long-term supply of network facilities and agreements relating to the operations and maintenance of the network. (C ) In the ordinary course of business and in addition to the amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheets and disclosed elsewhere in the notes, the Company has entered into agreements to acquire broadcasting rights to programs and films over the next three years at a total cost of approximately $111 million. In addition, the Company has commitments to pay access fees over the next year totalling approximately $18 million. (D) Pursuant to CRTC regulation, the Company is required to make contributions to the Canadian Television Fund (“CTF”), which is a cable industry fund designed to foster the production of Canadian television programming. Contributions to the CTF are based on a formula, including gross broadcast revenues and the number of subscribers. The Company may elect to spend a portion of the above amount for local television programming and may also elect to contribute a portion to another CRTC-approved independent production fund. The Company estimates that its total contribution for 2008 will amount to approximately $42 million. 110 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 24. GUARANTEES: In the normal course of business, the Company has entered into agreements that contain features that meet the definition of a guarantee under GAAP. A description of the major types of such agreements is provided below: (A) BUSINESS SALE AND BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENTS: As part of transactions involving business dispositions, sales of assets or other business combinations, the Company may be required to pay counterparties for costs and losses incurred as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, intellectual property right infringement, loss or damages to property, environmental liabilities, changes in laws and regulations (including tax legislation), litigation against the counterparties, contingent liabilities of a disposed business or reassessments of previous tax filings of the corporation that carries on the business. (B) SALES OF SER vICES: As part of transactions involving sales of services, the Company may be required to pay counterparties for costs and losses incurred as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, changes in laws and regulations (including tax legislation) or litigation against the counterparties. (C ) PURCHASES AND DE vELOPMENT OF ASSETS : As part of transactions involving purchases and development of assets, the Company may be required to pay counterparties for costs and losses incurred as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, loss or damages to property, changes in laws and regulations (including tax legislation) or litigation against the counterparties. INDEMNIFIC ATIONS: (D) The Company indemnifies its directors, officers and employees against claims reasonably incurred and resulting from the performance of their services to the Company, and maintains liability insurance for its directors and officers as well as those of its subsidiaries. The Company is unable to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount it would be required to pay counterparties. The amount also depends on the outcome of future events and conditions, which cannot be predicted. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheets relating to these types of indemnifications or guarantees at December 31, 2007 or 2006. historically, the Company has not made any significant payments under these indemnifications or guarantees. 25. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES: (A) In August 2004, a proceeding under the Class Actions Act (Saskatchewan) was brought against providers of wireless communications in Canada. Since that time, similar proposed class actions have also been commenced in Newfoundland and Labrador, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Québec, Ontario, Manitoba, Alberta and British Columbia. The proceeding involves allegations by wireless customers of, among other things, breach of contract, misrepresentation, false advertising and unjust enrichment with respect to the system access fee charged by the Company to some of its customers. The plaintiffs seek unquantified damages from the defendants. The Company believes it has a good defence to the allegations. The plaintiffs applied for an order certifying a national class action in Saskatchewan. In September 2007, the Saskatchewan Court granted the plaintiffs’ application to have the proceeding certified as a class action. The Company is applying for leave to appeal this decision to the Saskatchewan Court of Appeal. In February 2008, the Saskatchewan Court granted the Company’s application to amend the certification order so as to exclude from the class of plaintiffs any customer bound by an arbitration clause with the Company. The Company has not recorded a liability for this contingency since the likelihood and amount of any potential loss cannot be reasonably estimated. If the ultimate resolution of this action differs from the Company’s assessment and assumptions, a material adjustment to the Company’s financial position and results of operations could result. In December 2004, the Company was served with a court order compelling it to produce certain records and other information relevant to an investigation initiated by the Commissioner of Competition under the misleading advertising provisions of the Competition Act with respect to its system access fee. In July 2007, the Company was advised by the Competition Bureau that the enquiry has been discontinued. (B) In April 2004, a proceeding was brought against Fido and others claiming damages totalling $160 million, specific performance, breach of contract, breach of confidence and breach of fiduciary duty. The proceeding is seeking to add Inukshuk Wireless Partnership, the Company’s 50% owned joint venture, as a party to the action. The proceeding is at an early stage. The Company believes it has good defences to the claim and no amounts have been provided in the accounts. (C ) The Company believes that it has adequately provided for income taxes based on all of the information that is currently available. The calculation of income taxes in many cases, however, requires significant judgment in interpreting tax rules and regulations. The Company’s tax filings are subject to audits, which could materially change the amount of current and future income tax assets and liabilities, and could, in certain circumstances, result in the assessment of interest and penalties. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 111 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (D) The CRTC collects two different types of fees from broadcast licencees. These are known as Part I and Part II fees. In 2003 and 2004, lawsuits were commenced in the Federal Court, alleging that the Part II licence fees are taxes rather than fees and that the regulations authorizing them are unlawful. On December 14, 2006, the Federal Court ruled that the CRTC did not have the jurisdiction to charge Part II fees. The Court ruled that licencees were not entitled to a refund of past fees paid. Both the Crown and the applicants have appealed this case to the Federal Court of Appeal. The applicants are seeking an order requiring a refund of past fees paid. The Crown is seeking to reverse the finding that Part II fees are unlawful. On October 15, 2007, the CRTC sent a letter to all broadcast licencees, including the Company, stating that the CRTC will not collect Part II licence fees due on November 30, 2007 and subsequent years unless the Federal Court of Appeal or the Supreme Court of Canada (should the case be appealed to that level) reverses the Federal Court’s decision. The Federal Court of Appeal heard the appeal on December 4 and 5, 2007, but has not yet rendered a decision. The Company believes that it is unlikely that the Federal Court’s decision will be reversed. As a result, an operating expense recovery of $18 million, representing Part II fees accrued to June 30, 2007, and a future income tax charge of $7 million were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2007. (E ) There exist certain other claims and potential claims against the Company, none of which is expected to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company. 26. CANADIAN AND U NITED STATES ACCOUNTING POLICY DIFFERENCES : The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with GAAP as applied in Canada. In the following respects, GAAP, as applied in the united States, differs from that applied in Canada. If united States GAAP were employed, net income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 would be adjusted as follows: Net income for the year based on Canadian GAAP Gain on sale of cable systems (b) Pre-operating costs capitalized (c) Capitalized interest, net of related depreciation (d) Financial instruments (f) Stock-based compensation (g) Income taxes (i) Installation revenues and costs, net (j) Other Net income for the year based on united States GAAP Net income per share based on united States GAAP: Basic Diluted If united States GAAP were employed, comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007, would be adjusted as follows: Comprehensive income for the year based on Canadian GAAP Impact of united States GAAP differences on net income Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $100 (f) Change in funded status of pension plans for unrecognized amounts, net of income taxes of $6 (h) Comprehensive income for the year based on united States GAAP $ $ $ 2007 2006 637 $ (4) 4 10 210 3 125 (4) 3 622 (4) 5 14 19 (2) 128 1 (3) 984 $ 780 1.54 $ 1.53 1.23 1.22 $ 2007 901 347 (126) (15) $ 1,107 112 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS under Canadian GAAP, the Company was not required to present comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2006. under united States GAAP, comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2006, is as follows: Net income based on united States GAAP Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes: u nrealized holding gains on investments (e) Minimum pension liability (h) Comprehensive income based on united States GAAP The cumulative effect of these adjustments on the consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Company is as follows: Shareholders’ equity based on Canadian GAAP Cumulative impact of differences in business combinations and consolidation accounting (a) Gain on sale of cable systems (b) Pre-operating costs capitalized (c) Capitalized interest (d) unrealized holding gains on investments (e) Financial instruments (f) Stock-based compensation (g) Pension liability (h) Income taxes (i) Installation revenues and costs, net (j) Other $ 2006 $ 780 71 (3) $ 848 2007 2006 109 (8) 4,624 $ 4,200 (8) 113 (7) 58 210 (519) – (102) (97) 6 (17) (3) 68 – 26 33 (123) (17) 2 (19) Shareholders’ equity based on united States GAAP $ 4,692 $ 3,837 The areas of material difference between Canadian and united States GAAP and their impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company are described below: (A) CUMUL ATIvE IMPAC T OF DIFFERENCES IN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND CONSOLIDATION ACCOUNTING : Certain differences between united States and Canadian GAAP arose on the dilution gain from sale of Wireless shares, non-controlling interest accounting during the time period that RCI held less than 100% of the investment in Wireless, the acquisition of outstanding shares in Wireless and the acquisition of Cable Atlantic. (B) GAIN ON SALE OF C ABLE SYSTEMS : under Canadian GAAP, the cash proceeds on the non-monetary exchange of cable assets in prior years were recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of PP&E. under united States GAAP, a portion of the cash proceeds received was recognized as a $40 million gain in the consolidated statements of income on an after-tax basis. This difference is being amortized over 10 years. As a result of this transaction, the carrying amount of the above assets is higher and additional depreciation expense is recorded under united States GAAP. under Canadian GAAP, the after-tax gain arising on the sale of certain of the Company’s cable television systems in prior years was recorded as a reduction of the carrying value of goodwill acquired in a contemporaneous acquisition of certain cable television systems. under united States GAAP, the Company included the $101 million gain on sale of the cable television systems in income, net of related income taxes. (C ) PRE- OPER ATING COSTS C APITALI zED: under Canadian GAAP, the Company defers the incremental costs relating to the development and pre-operating phases of new businesses and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over periods up to five years. under united States GAAP, these costs are expensed as incurred. (D) C APITALIzED INTEREST: under united States GAAP, interest costs are capitalized as part of the historical cost of acquiring certain qualifying assets, which require a period of time to prepare for their intended use. Capitalization is not required under Canadian GAAP. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 113 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (E) UNREALIzED HOLDING GAINS AND LOSSES ON IN vESTMENTS: united States GAAP requires that certain investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values be stated in the consolidated balance sheets at their fair values. The unrealized holding gains and losses from these investments, which are considered to be available-for-sale investments under united States GAAP, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity, net of related income taxes. Prior to January 1, 2007, under Canadian GAAP, these investments were recorded at cost in the consolidated balance sheets. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the new Canadian GAAP accounting standards for financial instruments (note 2(h)(i)). under the new Canadian GAAP standards, available-for-sale investments are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet, with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income, net of income taxes. As a result, effective January 1, 2007, there is no adjustment for unrealized holdings gains and losses on investments required to arrive at united States GAAP shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2007. (F ) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the new Canadian GAAP accounting standards for financial instruments (note 2(h)(i)). As a result, under Canadian GAAP, the Company now records the changes in fair value of cash flow hedging derivatives in other comprehensive income, to the extent effective, until the variability of cash flows relating to the hedged asset or liability is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. under united States GAAP, these instruments are not accounted for as hedges but instead changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments, reflecting primarily market changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates, as well as the level of short-term variable versus long-term fixed interest rates, are recognized in the consolidated statements of income immediately. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the gain of $126 million ($226 million less income taxes of $100 million) was reclassified from other comprehensive income under Canadian GAAP to the consolidated statements of income for united States GAAP. As a result of the application of the new Canadian GAAP standards, the Company separated the early repayment option on one of the Company’s debt instruments and recorded the fair value of $19 million related to this embedded derivative at January 1, 2007, with a corresponding decrease in opening deficit of $13 million, net of income taxes of $6 million. During 2007, the decrease in fair value of this early repayment option, amounting to $6 million, was recorded in the consolidated statements of income under Canadian GAAP. under united States GAAP, the Company is not permitted to separate the early repayment option. Effective January 1, 2007, under Canadian GAAP, the Company records all transaction costs for financial assets and financial liabilities in income as incurred. As a result, under Canadian GAAP, the carrying value of transaction costs of $39 million, net of income taxes of $20 million, was charged to opening deficit on transition at January 1, 2007. under united States GAAP, the Company continues to defer these costs and amortize them over the term of the related asset or liability. The impact of these changes on net income for the year ended December 31, 2007, is summarized as follows: Change in fair value of derivatives not accounted for as hedges under united States GAAP Decrease in fair value of prepayment option not accounted for under united States GAAP Amortization of deferred transaction costs under united States GAAP united States GAAP difference in net income, December 31, 2007, (pre-tax) The impact of these changes on shareholders’ equity is summarized as follows: united States GAAP difference in shareholders’ equity, December 31, 2006 Canadian GAAP impact on adoption of new financial instruments standards (note 2(h)(i)) Impact of financial instruments united States GAAP differences on net income, net of income taxes of $100 Impact of financial instruments united States GAAP differences on other comprehensive income, net of income taxes of $100 $ 2007 226 6 (22) $ 210 $ 2007 (519) 561 110 (126) united States GAAP difference in shareholders’ equity, December 31, 2007 $ 26 114 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (G) STOCk-BASED COMPENSATION : Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value method of recognizing stock-based compensation as prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments (“FAS 123(R)”). Prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R), the Company used the intrinsic value method to account for stock-based compensation under united States GA AP. The Company elected to apply the modified prospective transition method as permitted by FAS 123(R). In accordance with the transition method, the Company has included in its united States GAAP income the cost of the outstanding and unvested options commencing January 1, 2006, net of estimates for forfeiture rates. For Canadian GAAP, the Company adopted the fair value method of recognizing stock-based compensation expense beginning January 1, 2004. As a result of the amendment to the stock option plans on May 28, 2007, all of the Company’s outstanding stock options can now be settled in cash at the discretion of the employee or director (note 20(a)(i)). under united States GAAP, the cost of stock-based awards that are settled in cash, or may be settled in cash at the discretion of the employee or director, are required to be measured at fair value on each reporting date. under Canadian GAAP, the liability and compensation cost for these awards are measured at the intrinsic value of the awards at each reporting date. In addition, under united States GAAP, the fair value is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period or, as applicable, over the period in which the employee is eligible to retire, whichever is shorter. under Canadian GAAP, the intrinsic value is amortized to expense over the graded vesting period or, as applicable, over the period in which the employee is eligible to retire, whichever is shorter. As a result, stock-based compensation expense would be decreased by $3 million under united States GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2007. only required to apply the provisions relating to employees eligible to retire prior to the vesting date to awards issued after January 1, 2006. As a result, for the year ended December 31, 2006, an additional $2 million of compensation expense was recorded under united States GAAP, relative to that recorded under Canadian GAAP, related to retirement-eligible employees. (H) PENSION LIABILIT Y REL ATED TO FUNDED STATUS OF PENSION PL ANS : under united States GAAP, the Company was required to adopt the recognition and disclosure provisions of FASB Statement No. 158 (“FAS 158”), Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, as at December 31, 2006. under FAS 158, the Company is required to recognize the funded status of defined benefit postretirement plans on the balance sheet with changes recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). The adoption of this standard resulted in an increase to accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006, of $50 million, net of income taxes of $27 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, under united States GAAP, the Company recorded a decrease of $15 million to other comprehensive income, net of income taxes of $6 million to reflect the current period increase in the funded status differences. INCOME TA xES: (I) Included in the caption “Income taxes” is the tax effect of various adjustments where appropriate. In addition, in 2007, the deferred tax liability of $254 million related to the historical outside basis difference of the Company’s investment in Rogers Wireless Inc. was reversed as a result of the amalgamation of Rogers Wireless Inc. and RCI. This resulted in an increase to income under united States GAAP of $254 million. In 2006, the Company released certain valuation allowances that were previously recorded under united States GAAP based on management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that these income tax assets will be realized. At December 31, 2007, the recorded liability for these awards is $33 million lower under united States GAAP than recorded under Canadian GAAP. upon adoption of FAS 123(R), all outstanding options were remeasured at their fair value on the original date of grant with the unvested portion of these awards to be recognized over the remaining service period. In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. This interpretation prescribes the measurement and recognition criteria of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2007. The application of this interpretation did not have a material impact on the results of the Company under united States GAAP. In 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Emerging Issues Committee (“EIC”) Abstract 162, Stock-Based Compensation for Employees Eligible to Retire Before the Vesting Date, for Canadian GAAP. under EIC 162, the Company was required to restate prior periods for the impact of stock-based compensation issued to employees eligible for retirement before the vesting date. For united States GAAP, upon adoption of FAS 123(R), the Company was INSTALL ATION RE vENUES AND COSTS , NET: (j) For Canadian GAAP purposes, cable installation revenues for both new connects and re-connects are deferred and amortized over the customer relationship period. For united States GAAP purposes, installation revenues are immediately recognized in income to the extent of direct selling costs, with any excess deferred and amortized over the customer relationship period. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 115 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (k ) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF C ASH FLO wS: (i) Canadian GAAP permits the disclosure of a subtotal of the amount of funds provided by operations before changes in non-cash operating working capital items in the consolidated statements of cash flows. united States GAAP does not permit this subtotal to be included. (ii) Canadian GAAP permits bank advances to be included in the determination of cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of cash flows. united States GAAP requires that bank advances be reported as financing cash flows. As a result, under united States GAAP, the total decrease in cash and cash equivalents in 2007 of $42 million would be nil and cash used in financing activities would be increased by $42 million. The total increase in cash and cash equivalents in 2006 in the amount of $85 million would be nil and cash used in financing activities would be decreased by $85 million. (L) OTHER DISCLOSURES : united States GAAP requires the Company to disclose accrued liabilities, which is not required under Canadian GAAP. Accrued liabilities included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as at December 31, 2007, were $1,659 million (2006 – $1,287 million). At December 31, 2007, accrued liabilities in respect of PP&E totalled $133 million (2006 – $153 million), accrued interest payable totalled $87 million (2006 – $109 million), accrued liabilities related to payroll totalled $179 million (2006 – $234 million), and CRTC commitments totalled $2 million (2006 – $9 million). (M) PENSIONS: The following summarizes the additional disclosures required and different pension-related amounts recognized or disclosed in the Company’s accounts under united States GAAP: Current service cost (employer portion) Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization: Transitional asset Realized gains included in income Net actuarial loss Net periodic pension cost under Canadian and united States GAAP Accrued benefit asset under Canadian GAAP Accumulated other comprehensive loss under united States GAAP, on a pre-tax basis Net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets under united States GAAP 2007 2006 $ $ $ $ 29 $ 34 (37) (10) 1 7 24 $ 39 $ (115) (76) $ 24 32 (33) (10) 1 10 24 34 (97) (63) In addition to the amounts disclosed above, under united States GAAP, the net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets related to the Company’s supplemental unfunded pension benefits for certain executives was $24 million (2006 – $19 million). The total accumulated other comprehensive loss associated with the supplemental plan amounts to $8 million (2006 – $5 million), on a pre-tax basis. (N) RECENT U NITED S TATES ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS : In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This new standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This new standard is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new standard. In February 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This statement permits entities the option to measure financial instruments at fair value, thereby achieving an offsetting effect for accounting purposes for certain changes in fair value of certain related assets and liabilities without having to apply hedge accounting. This statement is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements. 116 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 141R, Business Combinations. The statement will require all business acquisitions to be measured at fair value, the existing definition of a business would be expanded, pre-acquisition contingencies would be measured at fair value, most acquisition-related costs would be recognized as expenses as incurred, as well as other changes. The statement is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements. In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 160, Non-controlling Interests in Financial Statements. The statement will improve the relevance, comparability and transparency of the financial information that a reporting entity provides in its consolidated financial statements by establishing new accounting and reporting standards. The statement is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements. 27. SUBSEqUENT E vENTS: (A) In January 2008, the Company applied to the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSx”) to make a Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”), which was accepted by the TSx on January 10, 2008, for purchases of its Class B Non-Voting shares through the facilities of the TSx. The maximum number of Class B Non-Voting shares which may be purchased pursuant to the NCIB is the lesser of 15 million, representing approximately 3% of the number of Class B Non- Voting shares outstanding at December 31, 2007, and that number of Class B Non-Voting shares that can be purchased under the NCIB for an aggregate purchase price of $300 million. The actual number of Class B Non-Voting shares purchased, if any, and the timing of such purchases, will be determined by the Company considering market conditions, stock prices, its cash position and other factors. (B) On January 7, 2008, the Board approved an increase in the annual dividend from $0.50 to $1.00 per Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting share to be paid quarterly on each outstanding Class A Voting and Class B Non-Voting share. (C ) On February 13, 2008, the Company announced that it has entered into an agreement to acquire Aurora Cable TV Limited (“Aurora Cable”). This transaction has not yet closed, pending CRTC approval, which is expected in 2008. Aurora Cable provides cable television, Internet and telephony services in the Town of Aurora and the community of Oak Ridges, in Richmond hill, Ontario. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT 117 CORPORATE AND SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION CORPOR ATE HEAD OFFICE Rogers Communications Inc. 333 Bloor Street East, 10th Floor Toronto, Ontario M4W 1G9 416-935-7777 or rogers.com CUSTOMER SERVICE AND PRODUC T INFORMATION 800-462-4463 or rogers.com SHAREHOLDER SERVICES If you are a shareholder and have inquiries regarding your account, wish to change your name or address, or have questions about lost stock certificates, share transfers or dividends, please contact our Transfer Agent and Registrar: Computershare Investor Services Inc. 100 University Ave., 9th Floor, North Tower Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1 800-564-6253 or service@computershare.com Multiple Mailings If you receive duplicate shareholder mail- ings from Rogers Communications, please contact Computershare at 800-564-6253 or service@computershare.com to consolidate your holdings. INVESTOR REL ATIONS Institutional investors, security analysts and others requiring additional financial information can visit the Investor Relations section of the rogers.com website or contact: Bruce M. Mann, CPA Vice President, Investor Relations 416-935-3532 or bruce.mann@rci.rogers.com Dan Coombes Director, Investor Relations 416-935-3550 or dan.coombes@rci.rogers.com Media inquiries: 416-935-7777 STOCK EXCHANGE LISTINGS Listed in Canada on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX): RCI.a – Class A Voting shares (CUSIP # 775109101) RCI.b – Class B Non-Voting shares (CUSIP # 775109200) Listed in the U.S. on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE): RCI – Class B Non-Voting shares (CUSIP # 775109200) Equity Index Inclusions Dow Jones Telecom Titans 30 Index FTSE Global Telecoms Index S&P/TSX Composite Index S&P/TSX 60 Index S&P/TSX Capped Telecom Services Index DEBT SECURITIES For details of the public debt securities of the Rogers companies, please refer to the Bond Information section under Investor Relations at rogers.com. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS KPMG LLP Toronto, Ontario FORM 40 -F Rogers files its annual report annually with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the U.S. on Form 40-F. A copy is available on EDGAR at sec.gov and at the Investor Relations section of the rogers.com website. ON -LINE INFORMATION Rogers is committed to open and full financial disclosure and best practices in corporate governance. We invite you to visit rogers.com to find out more about our organization, our governance practices, and our continuous disclosure materials including quarterly financial releases, Annual Information Forms and Manage- ment Information Circulars. COMMON STOCK PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION (ADjUSTED FOR STOCK SPLIT) Price Range RCI.B-TO 2007 2006 Quarter Ended High Low High Low $39.98 March 31 June 30 $47.19 September 30 $51.58 $48.91 December 31 $34.88 $38.05 $44.35 $41.56 $25.84 $24.00 $30.60 $34.99 $22.27 $21.16 $22.59 $29.59 DIVIDENDS 2004 – $0.050 per share 2005 – $0.075 per share 2006 – $0.160 per share 2007 – $0.500 per share 2008 – $1.000 per share 2008 Expected Dividend Dates Record Date*: Payment Date*: March 6, 2008 May 13, 2008 September 3, 2008 November 14, 2008 * subject to Board approval April 1, 2008 July 2, 2008 October 1, 2008 January 2, 2009 Unless indicated otherwise, all dividends paid by Rogers are Eligible Dividends as defined by the Canada Revenue Agency. ELEC TRONIC DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER MATERIALS Registered shareholders can receive electronic notice of financial statements and proxy materials and utilize the Internet to submit proxies on-line by registering at rogers.com/electronicdelivery. This approach gets information to shareholders more quickly than conventional mail and helps Rogers protect the environment and reduce printing and postage costs. FORWARD -LOOKING INFORMATION This annual report includes forward-looking statements about the financial condition and prospects of Rogers Communications which involve significant risks and uncertainties that are detailed in the “Risks and Uncertainties Affecting our Businesses” and “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements, Risks and Assumptions” sections of the 2007 MD&A contained herein which should be read in full in conjunction with any other parts of this annual report. © 2008 Rogers Communications Inc. Other registered trademarks that appear are the property of the respective owners. Design: Interbrand Printed in Canada 118 ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT The cover and pages 1 to 16 are printed on Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified Domtar Cougar paper. FSC fibre used in the manufacture of this paper comes from well-managed forests. Soy-based inks are used on pages 17 to 118. This annual report is recyclable. ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. AT A GLANCE ROGERS COMMUNIC ATIONS ROGERS WIRELESS ROGERS C ABLE ROGERS MEDIA Rogers Communications (TSX: RCI; NYSE: RCI) is a diversified Canadian communications and media company. As discussed in the following pages, Rogers Communications is engaged in three primary lines of business through its wholly owned subsidiaries Rogers Wireless, Rogers Cable and Rogers Media. Rogers Communications REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $10.1 billion 7.3 8.8 10.1 2.3 2.9 3.7 Rogers Wireless Rogers Cable Rogers Media 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $5.5 billion 3.9 4.6 5.5 1.4 2.0 2.6 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $3.6 billion 2.5 3.2 3.6 0.8 0.9 1.0 Wireless 53% Cable 34% Media 13% Postpaid Voice 76% Wireless Data 13% Prepaid Voice Equipment sales 5% 6% Core Cable 43% High-Speed Internet 17% Business Solutions 16% Home Phone 13% Retail 11% Rogers Wireless provides wireless voice and data communications services across Canada to more than 7 million customers under both the Rogers Wireless and Fido brands. Proven to operate Canada’s most reliable wireless network, Rogers Wireless is Canada’s largest wireless provider and the only carrier operating on the global standard GSM and highly advanced 3G HSPA technology platforms. Rogers Wireless is Canada’s leader in innovative wireless voice and data services, and provides customers with the best and latest wireless devices and applications. In addition to providing seamless wireless roaming across the U.S. and more than 200 countries internationally, Rogers Wireless also provides wireless broadband services across Canada utilizing its 2.5 GHz fixed wireless spectrum. Rogers Cable is Canada’s largest cable television provider, whose territory covers approximately 3.5 million homes in Ontario, New Brunswick and Newfoundland with 64% basic penetration of its homes passed. Its advanced digital two-way hybrid fibre-coax network provides the leading selection of on-demand and high- definition programming including an extensive line up of sports and multicultural programming. Rogers Cable pioneered high- speed Internet access and now 64% of its cable customers subscribe to its high-speed Internet service, while Rogers Cable boasts 1.2 million residential and business telephony subscribers. Rogers Cable also operates a retail distribution chain which offers Rogers branded cable, home entertainment and wireless products and services. Rogers Media is Canada’s premier combination of category-leading radio and television broadcasting, publishing, sports entertainment and on-line properties. Its Radio group operates 52 radio stations across Canada, while its Television properties include the five- station Citytv network; its multicultural OMNI television stations; Rogers Sportsnet, a specialty sports television service licenced to provide regional sports programming across Canada; and The Shopping Channel, Canada’s only nationally televised shopping service. Media’s Publishing group produces more than 70 well-known consumer magazines and trade and professional publications in Canada. Media’s Sports Entertainment assets include the Toronto Blue Jays Baseball Club and Rogers Centre, Canada’s largest sports and entertainment facility. 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 REVENUE ($ in billions) ADJUSTED OPER ATING PROFIT ($ in billions) F Y20 07 REVENUE: $1.3 billion 1.10 1.21 1.32 0.13 0.16 0.18 Core Media 86% Sports Entertainment 14% “ THE BEST IS YET TO COME.” Ted Rogers For a detailed discussion of our financial and operating metrics, and results, please see the accompanying 2007 MD&A later in this report. 2005 2006 2007 2005 2006 2007 INNOVATING FOR LIFE ™ R O G E R S C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N C . 2 0 0 7 A N N U A L R E P O R T T S X : R C I N Y S E : R C I ROGERS.COM ROGERS COMMUNIC ATIONS INC . AT A GL ANCE DELIVERING RESULTS IN 2007 15% Revenue Growth 26% Adjusted Operating Profit Growth 213% Dividend Increase 22% Debt Leverage Reduction What We Said: Leverage networks, channels and brand to deliver 10% to 13% revenue growth. What We Did: 15% consolidated revenue growth with Wireless and Cable growing at double-digit rates. What We Said: Leverage top-line growth with scale and cost efficien- cies to drive adjusted operating profit growth in excess of revenue growth. What We Did: 26% consolidated adjusted operating profit growth with 330 basis point margin expansion. What We Said: Increase dividends consistently over time. What We Did: Rogers more than triples dividend in 2007. What We Said: Continue to strength- en balance sheet with reduction in debt to operating profit ratio. What We Did: Achieved investment grade ratings and deleveraged to 2.1 times debt to operating profit. 89%Postpaid Additions 49% Wireless Wireless Data Revenue Growth 79% Cable Telephony Sub Growth 13% Cable RGU Growth What We Said: Continued strong wireless subscriber growth with a focus on postpaid customers. What We Did: Delivered 118% of 2007 subscriber guidance with 89% of net additions being postpaid. What We Said: Industry-leading wireless data growth to support continued ARPU expansion. What We Did: 49% wireless data revenue growth with data as a per- cent of network revenue expanding to 13.2% from 10.6% in 2006. What We Said: Continued rapid growth of cable telephony during 2007. What We Did: Expanded coverage area to 94% of cable territory and grew subscriber base 79% to 655,800. What We Said: Deliver continued solid cable revenue generating unit (“RGU”) growth. What We Did: Cable RGUs up 654,800 or 13% with solid growth in cable telephony, Internet and digital cable subscribers. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (In millions of dollars, except per share data) Revenue Adjusted operating profit Adjusted operating profit margin Net income (loss) Basic earnings (loss) per share Annual dividend rate at year-end Total assets Long-term debt (includes current portion) Shareholders‘ equity TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN 2 0 0 7 $ 10,123 3,703 37% 637 1.00 0.50 15,325 6,033 4,624 $ 2 0 0 6 8,838 2,942 33% 622 0.99 0.16 14,105 6,988 4,200 $ 2 0 0 5 7,334 2,252 31% (45) (0.08) 0.075 13,834 7,739 3,528 $ 2 0 0 4 5,514 1,752 32% (68) (0.14) 0.05 13,273 8,542 2,385 $ 2 0 0 3 4,736 1,446 31% 76 0.17 – 8,465 5,440 1,297 ONE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN: 2007 FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN: 2003 –2007 31% 10% 6% 17% 5% 529% 132% 83% 151% 120% CONNECTING MATTERS COMMUNICATIONS INFORMATION ENTERTAINMENT ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT RCI.B.TO S&P/TSX COMPOSITE S&P 500 TSX TELECOM INDEX N.A. TELECOM INDEX RCI.B.TO S&P/TSX COMPOSITE S&P 500 TSX TELECOM INDEX N.A. TELECOM INDEX For a detailed discussion of our financial and operating metrics, and results, please see the accompanying 2007 MD&A later in this report.